JP6416731B2 - Game machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention provides a gaming machine provided with special winning means capable of opening / closing a winning opening by an opening / closing means at a position where a game ball flowing down at least a specific ball falling area of a plurality of ball flowing areas in a game board can win. It is about.

  A pachinko machine, which is a typical gaming machine, has a symbol display device (symbol display means) on which a symbol variation effect by various symbols is performed on a game board in which a game area where a pachinko ball flows down is formed. Further, the game board is appropriately provided with a fixed start winning portion where a winning opening is always open, a variable start winning portion that is opened and closed when a pachinko ball passes, and the like. The hit determination is performed when the pachinko ball hit to the game board wins the start winning portion provided on the game board by the operation of the operation handle provided on the front side of the game board. Based on the determination result, the symbol display device is configured to perform the symbol variation effect. Then, when the winning judgment is a winning, after a symbol is displayed in a predetermined combination as a result of the symbol variation effect, a winning game that opens and closes a special winning portion provided on the game board is given. It is configured as follows.

  In such a pachinko machine, the game area defined on the front surface of the game board is roughly divided into two areas, a first ball down area for left-handed games and a second ball down area for right-handed games. The left-handed game and the right-handed game are provided with either or both of the variable start winning part and the special winning part at a position where the pachinko ball flowing down the second ball flowing area (specific ball flowing area) is likely to win. There is something that realizes different game characteristics. For example, in Patent Document 1, a special winning part is provided in a right-handed ball flow-down area, and a pachinko ball flowing down the right-handed ball flow-down area is made easy to win a special winning part. Such a pachinko machine is suitable for playing a right-handed game when the special winning portion is opened / closed and the variable starting portion is operated under advantageous conditions. So that the player can appropriately determine whether the game is suitable for a left-handed game or a right-handed game. It is configured. In other words, by notifying the ball falling area where the pachinko ball is launched, the player can play a game suitable for the state of the pachinko machine by operating the operation handle in accordance with the notification.

JP 2008-68137 A

  By the way, in recent years, the pachinko machine has a tendency to diversify. For this reason, when the special winning portion is opened / closed and the variable start portion is operated under advantageous conditions, the operation handle is operated simply by notifying that the right-handed game is performed. If the game is promoted simply, the game will not be executed properly, which may cause confusion and dissatisfaction with the player and damage the fun of the game.

  That is, the present invention has been proposed in order to solve this problem in view of the above-mentioned problems inherent in the gaming machine according to the prior art, and has enabled the notification of the operation mode of the operation means in accordance with the state. An object is to provide a gaming machine.

In order to solve the above problems and achieve the intended purpose, the invention according to claim 1 of the present application is
A game board (20) in which a plurality of ball flow areas (21a, 21b) where a game ball can flow down is formed, and the launch position of the game ball on the game board (20) can be changed based on the player's operation Operating means (16) and a game ball flowing down at least a specific ball flow down area (21b) of the plurality of ball flow down areas (21a, 21b) is provided at a position where a prize can be won, and opening / closing means (37 ) Special winning means (36) capable of opening and closing the winning opening (36a), main control means (60a) for executing control processing, and control processing relating to effects based on control signals from the main control means (60a) Sub-control means (65) for executing, the main control means (60a) is a hit determination means (60a) for making a hit determination triggered by the establishment of a predetermined condition, and the hit determination is a hit determination result A winning game determining means (60a) for determining the winning game with the opportunity to become, the special winning means (36) in the winning game being The winning game is configured so that it can be opened and closed under an opening / closing control condition advantageous to the engineer, and the winning game is performed after the opening time has elapsed and the special winning means (36) is opened and closed, and after the final round game be configured with ending time for holding special pay means (36) in the closed state Rutotomoni winning a position game balls flowing down the specific sphere falling region (21b) are able to win, by opening and closing means (29) An opening / closing prize winning means (28) capable of opening and closing the mouth (28a) is configured so that a specific game state for opening and closing the opening / closing prize winning means (28) under an opening / closing control condition advantageous to a player can be provided after the winning game. In the gaming machine that was
First notifying means (59) capable of notifying that the operating means (16) is operated in an operation mode in which a game ball is caused to flow down to the specific ball flowing down area (21b);
A first operation notification mode for notifying that the operation means (16) is operated in a first operation mode in which a game ball flows down to a ball flow-down region (21a, 21b) other than the specific ball flow-down region (21b); A first notification mode and a second notification mode as a second operation notification mode for notifying that the operation means (16) is operated in the second operation mode in which the game ball flows down to the specific ball flow down area (21b). and, the broadcast knowledge possible second informing means a control mode of the operating means (16) and (17),
Third notification means (100) capable of notifying in the third notification mode and the fourth notification mode that the operation unit is operated in an operation mode for causing the game ball to flow down to the specific ball flow-down region ,
A game state specifying means (60a) capable of specifying a game state,
The main control means (60a) includes first notification control means (60a) for controlling notification by the first notification means (59), and the second notification means (17) and the third notification means. (100) is configured so that the sub-control means (65a) includes second notification control means (65a) for controlling notification by (100) ,
When the game state specified by the game state specifying means (60a) is a specific game state, the operation in the second operation mode is performed by the first notification mode and the second notification mode as the second operation notification mode. The second notification control means (65a) is configured to control the second notification means (17) so as to notify
The second notification means (17) is configured to be notified by the first mode and the second mode as the first operation notification mode,
Triggered by the establishment of the second notification condition for notifying the first operation mode with the end of the specific gaming state, in the second mode of the first operation notification mode, The second notification control means (65a) is configured to control the second notification means (17) so as to notify the operation,
When the first notification condition for notifying the first operation mode is satisfied in the non- specific game state, the operation in the first operation mode is notified in the first mode among the first operation notification modes. The second notification control means (65a) is configured to control the second notification means (17),
When the first notification condition is satisfied while the second notification means (17) notifies in the second mode of the first operation notification mode, the notification according to the first mode is restricted. The second notification control means (65a) controls the second notification means (17) so as to maintain the notification in the second mode.
When the winning game determining means (60a) determines the winning game for opening and closing the special winning means (36), the first notifying control means (60a) performs the same notification mode regardless of the type of winning game. Notifying the operation mode of the operation means (16), and controlling the first notification means (59) so as to notify the operation mode of the operation means in the same notification mode as the winning game when giving the specific game state And is configured to
When the specific game state is given for the first period after the winning game when the winning determination in the specific gaming state becomes the winning determination result, the ending time of the winning game after the opening time in the winning game is given . Until the start , the second notification means (17) is set to the first notification mode, and the third notification means (100) is changed from the start of the opening time to the end of the ending time . The second notification control means (65a) controls the second notification means (17) and the third notification means (100) so as to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16) as the notification mode of 4 ,
If a specific game state is not given after a win game triggered by a hit determination result in a non-specific game state being a win determination result, from the lapse of the opening time in the win game until the start of the ending time, The second notification means (17) is set to the first notification mode, and the third notification means (100) is changed from the start time of the winning game to the start of ending time. As the notification mode, the second notification control means (65a) controls the second notification means (17) and the third notification means (100) so as to notify the operation mode of the operation means,
When the specific gaming state is given after the winning game triggered by the winning determination in the non-specific gaming state being the winning determination result, the ending time after the opening time has elapsed in the winning game Until the end of the ending time, the third notification means (100) notifies the operation mode of the operation means (16) as the fourth notification mode, while the opening time elapses and the ending time starts. In the meantime , the second notification means so as to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16) by switching the notification mode of the second notification means (17) from the first notification mode to the second notification mode. (17) and the third notification means (100) are controlled by the second notification control means (65a) ,
When the specific game state is given in the second period shorter than the first period after the winning game when the hit determination in the non-specific game state becomes a win determination result, the opening in the win game The third notification means (100) is set as the third notification mode from the start of time, and the third notification means (100) is changed between the start of the opening time and the start of the ending time. From the notification mode 3 to the fourth notification mode, until the end of the ending time, the operation mode of the operation means (16) is notified with the third notification means (100) as the fourth notification mode. On the other hand, after the opening time elapses and before the ending time starts, the operation mode is changed by switching the notification mode of the second notification unit (17) from the first notification mode to the second notification mode. Operation (16) And summarized in that the second informing means to be informed state (17) and a third said second notification control unit notifying means (100) for (65a) is configured to control.

As described above, when the second notifying unit notifies that the operating means is operated in the second operation form in the second operation notifying mode, the operation is performed in the second operation form that causes the game ball to flow down to the specific ball flow down area. It is possible to accurately notify that the specific gaming state is required to operate the means. In the first operation notification mode, the operation means is operated in the first operation mode in a mode corresponding to a notification condition that is established when the specific game state is ended and a notification condition that is satisfied in the non-specific game state. By notifying the second notifying means, it is possible to notify that it is a non-specific gaming state in which it is required to operate the operating means in the first operation mode for causing the game ball to flow down to the specific ball flow down area. The game state can be grasped from the notification mode. As described above, according to the notification mode of the second notification means, it is possible to notify the operation state of the operation means suitable for the game state while notifying the game state.
Furthermore, in the state where the operation in the first operation mode is notified in the second mode triggered by the end of the specific gaming state, even if the condition for executing the notification in the first mode is satisfied, the second By maintaining the notification in this mode, it is possible to accurately notify that it is required to constantly change the operation mode of the operation means in accordance with the change in the gaming state.
In addition, in the case of a winning game for opening and closing the special winning means, notification by the second notification means and the third notification means according to the notification condition that is established, so that the operation mode of the operation means according to the state is notified. The player can be prompted to play a game that matches the game played. As described above, the combination of the notification mode of the first notification unit and the notification mode of the second notification unit and the third notification unit notifies the operation mode of the operation unit according to the winning game for opening and closing the special winning unit. Is possible. In addition, according to the contents defined as the notification condition, it becomes possible for the player to grasp or infer the development of the game and the profits obtained from the notification mode of the second notification means and the third notification means. , The fun of gaming is improved.
In addition, the second notification means and the third notification means notify according to the established hit notification condition, so that notification based on the control of the main control means and notification based on the control of the sub control means can be performed. Appropriate notification in accordance with the progress of the special game is possible while avoiding the occurrence of the game.

The invention according to claim 2
When applied during the first period the specific game state as a trigger that the per game particular type is applied within the pre-Symbol per game after per game, the operation from the grant starting of the specific game state notification manner to the first notification manner be between the first period from the grant starting of the specific game state after a switching period with a control mode means (16) for notifying at the second notification manner The second notification control means (65a) controls the second notification means (17) so as to notify the operation mode of the operation means (16) by switching
Of the winning games, a second specific type of winning game that is different from the specific type is given as an opportunity to hit the specific gaming state after the game for a second period shorter than the first period. In the case of granting the specific game state, the operation mode of the operation means (16) is notified in the first notification mode from the start of the specific game state grant and the specific game state is granted during the second period. The second notification control means (65a) causes the second notification means (17) to continuously notify the operation mode of the operation means (16) in the switching notification mode after the elapse of the switching period from the start. The gist is that it is configured to control.
As described above, when a specific game state is granted, the game according to the given specific game state is played by changing the notification mode in the second notification means according to the grant condition of the specific game state. Can do it. In addition, the combination of the notification mode of the first notification unit and the notification mode of the second notification unit makes it possible to appropriately perform various notifications according to the state of the game, and allows the player to select a game form. The degree of freedom can be increased and the interest of the game can be improved.
In addition, the present application includes the following technical ideas.
Signal output means (60a) for outputting a signal capable of identifying the gaming state specified by the gaming state specifying means (60a);
An operation discriminating means (60a) capable of discriminating the operation mode of the operating means (16),
When the operation in the first operation mode is notified when the signal output state from the signal output unit (60a) is switched, and the determination unit determines the second operation mode in the non-specific game state. The second notification control means (65a) is configured to notify the operation in the first operation form triggered by the second notification means (65a) so as to notify in a different aspect of the first operation notification form. (17,100).
In this way, the operation in the first operation mode is notified in a predetermined first operation notification mode according to the switching of the signal output state from the signal output means, and another first according to the determination state of the operation determination means. By notifying the operation in the first operation mode in the operation notification mode, it is possible to accurately notify that it is a non-specific gaming state in which it is required to operate the operation means in the first operation mode, The gaming state can be grasped from the notification mode.

  According to the gaming machine according to the present invention, it is possible to appropriately notify the operation mode of the operation means suitable for the state.

It is a front view which shows the pachinko machine which concerns on the Example of this invention. It is a front view which shows the game board which concerns on an Example, Comprising: The game information display part is expanded and shown. (a) is explanatory drawing which shows the kind of hit game triggered by winning in the first start winning section and the condition for giving the variable state for each win game, and (b) shows the second start winning section It is explanatory drawing which shows the provision conditions of the variation state for every kind of winning game triggered by winning of a game, and every winning game. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a special figure input process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a special figure start process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the process following step B15 of FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a common figure input process. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a common figure start process. It is a block diagram which shows the control structure of a pachinko machine. (a) is explanatory drawing which shows the effective stop position in an effect display part, the launch operation alerting | reporting area | region which alert | reports an operation form, and the alerting | reporting area | region for a vibration error, (b) is a main board | substrate in an effect display part. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state by which the error was displayed, (c) is explanatory drawing which shows the state by which the magnetic board error was displayed on the production | presentation display part. It is explanatory drawing of the alerting | reporting aspect in an operation form alerting | reporting part. It is explanatory drawing of the alerting | reporting display in an effect display part. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the timing which alert | reports the operation form of an operation handle, and the alerting | reporting aspect by an operation form alerting | reporting part and an effect display part. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the signal output state from the main control board in the time from a winning game until a variable state is complete | finished, and the alerting | reporting aspect by an operation mode alerting | reporting part and an effect display part. It is explanatory drawing of the provision conditions of the variable state contained in the 1st-6th provision condition group. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the notification condition at the time of a hit, and the notification condition at the time of change. It is explanatory drawing which shows the alerting | reporting aspect of the operation form alerting | reporting part and effect display part in a hit game and a variable state, and the relationship between the game state at the time of special figure determination, and a special figure per symbol. In the figure, “first right-handed transition notification mode” and “first right-handed transition notification display” are shown as “first” corresponding to the notification means (operation form notification unit and effect display unit). , “Second right-handed transition notification mode” and “second right-handed transition notification display” are shown as “second”. (a) is explanatory drawing which shows the state which alert | reports the left-handed operation form when it transfers from a variable state to a non-variable state, (b) is the state which alert | reports the right-handed operation form to a hit game It is explanatory drawing shown. It is explanatory drawing which shows the kind of error, a priority, and the aspect of an error alerting | reporting. (a) is explanatory drawing which shows the state which the 1st type error generate | occur | produced while alerting | reporting the operation form in the launch operation alerting | reporting area | region, (b) is notifying an operation form in the launching operation alerting | reporting area | region. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state in which the 2nd type error generate | occur | produced during the time. (a) is explanatory drawing which shows the alerting | reporting state in the opening / closing operation | movement of the special winning part in the 1st special winning game in another Example, and an operation form alerting | reporting part and an effect display part, (b) in another Example It is explanatory drawing which shows the notification state in the opening / closing operation | movement of the special winning part in a 2nd special winning game, and an operation form alerting | reporting part and an effect display part.

  Next, a gaming machine according to the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings by way of preferred embodiments. In the embodiment, a pachinko machine that plays a game using a pachinko ball as a game ball will be described as an example. Further, in the following description, “front”, “rear”, “left”, and “right” are states when the pachinko machine is viewed from the front side (player side) as shown in FIG. 1 unless otherwise specified. It points at.

(About pachinko machine 10)
As shown in FIG. 1, a pachinko machine 10 according to an embodiment includes a base 11, 12 that is formed to open forward and is installed on an installation frame (not shown) of a game shop, and a front opening of the base 11, 12. And a front member 13 that forms a front face of the gaming machine and is supported so as to be openable and closable with respect to the bases 11 and 12, and various members are installed using the bases 11 and 12 and the front member 13 as an installation base material. Thus, a gaming machine is configured. Specifically, the base of the pachinko machine 10 is formed in a rectangular frame shape that opens forward and backward, and is located on the front side of the opening of the outer frame 11 as a fixed frame that is installed in a vertical position on an installation frame base (not shown) of the amusement store. The middle frame 12 as a main body frame is assembled so as to be openable and detachable, and the game board 20 is detachably disposed on the middle frame 12. In addition, an effect display unit (effect display means) 17 as an effect execution means capable of displaying an effect display is detachably disposed on the rear side of the game board 20, and a predetermined start condition is satisfied (described later). The effect display unit 17 can variably display an effect design (hereinafter referred to as “decorative drawing”) triggered by a winning pachinko ball in each start winning opening 33a, 35a. In the embodiment, a liquid crystal display device in which a liquid crystal panel is housed in a housing case is adopted as the effect display unit 17, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a drum-type effect display unit 17 or a dot matrix type is used. Various conventionally known display devices capable of stopping and variably displaying various decorative drawings such as the above display devices can be employed.

A front frame 13 serving as a front member is formed on the front side of the middle frame 12 so as to be openable and closable. ing. The front frame 13 is covered with a window 13b that opens back and forth with a transparent plate 13a formed of a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin material, so that the gaming area 20 can be viewed from the front side. Is protecting. Further, ball trays 14 and 15 capable of storing pachinko balls are provided at positions below the window 13b in the front frame 13, and the ball trays 14 and 15 can be opened and closed integrally with the front frame 13. It is like that. An upper ball tray 14 and a lower ball tray 15 are assembled to the front frame 13 of the embodiment in a vertical positional relationship. Note that one or both of the upper and lower ball trays 14 and 15 may be assembled to the middle frame 12 separately from the front frame 13. Moreover, it can also be set as the structure provided only with one ball | bowl tray 14,15.
The front frame 13 is provided with a lamp device (light emitting means) 18 so as to surround the outer periphery of the window portion 13b, and outputs sound and sound effects to the upper left and right corners of the front frame 13. A possible speaker (sound output means) 19 is provided. Then, a light-emitting body (not shown) such as an LED provided in the lamp device 18 is turned on / flashes, or an appropriate sound is output from the speaker 19, whereby the symbol variation effect on the effect display unit 17. It is configured to be able to perform a light emission effect and a sound effect according to the situation. That is, the lamp device 18 and the speaker 19 are effect execution means for executing various effects in the pachinko machine 10.

  Further, an operation handle (operation means) 16 is provided at a position where the player can operate at a position on the front right side of the pachinko machine 10 (the front frame 13 in the embodiment). The operation handle 16 includes an operation lever 16a urged in the counterclockwise direction. When a player turns the operation lever 16a to rotate right, a ball hitting device (not shown) is operated. Pachinko balls stored in the upper ball tray 14 are shot one by one toward the game area 21 of the game board 20 at a predetermined launch interval (for example, a launch interval of 100 balls per minute). . Here, the hitting force of the pachinko ball by the hitting ball launching device can be adjusted in accordance with the amount of rotation of the operation lever 16a, and the player can adjust the amount of rotation of the operation lever 16a. The position (launch position) where the pachinko ball can reach in the game area 21 can be arbitrarily changed. As a result, the so-called “left-handed” where the pachinko ball flows down the first ball falling area 21 a (described later) formed on the game board 20 and the second ball flowing area 21 b (described later) formed on the game board 20. The player can arbitrarily divide the ball into a so-called “right-handed” where the pachinko ball flows down.

(About game board 20)
The game board 20 is a transparent flat plate member made of a synthetic resin material such as acrylic or polycarbonate. On the back side of the game board 20, the effect display unit 17, various movable effect devices, and light effect effects are provided. An installation member (not shown) in which devices and the like are disposed is disposed. The installation member is a box opened forward from a substantially rectangular back plate formed in a shape slightly smaller than the outer shape of the game board 20 and an image wall portion protruding forward from the outer peripheral edge of the back plate. The game board 20 and the installation member are fixed with screws in a state where the front end of the opening of the wall is in contact with the back surface of the game board 20. And in the space defined between the game board 20 in the installation member, an effect device 80 that produces effects by operation and light emission is installed so that it can be handled as one unit with the installation member as a base material. It has become. In addition, the effect display unit 17 is disposed in the effect device 80, and the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 is placed on the front side of the game board 20 via a display window unit 25a of a frame-shaped decorative body 25 described later. Composed to face. The game board 20 may be decorated with a synthetic resin sheet or the like on which various patterns are drawn on the surface of a wood board such as a plywood board.

  As shown in FIG. 2, a guide rail 22 that is curved in a substantially circular shape is disposed on the front surface of the game board 20. The game is played by launching a pachinko ball launched from. In addition, the game board 20 is provided with installation holes (not shown) penetrating in the front and rear directions at appropriate positions, and various game board installation parts are attached to the respective installation openings. An outlet 23 for discharging pachinko balls is opened at the lowest position. Here, on the game board 20 of the embodiment, a frame-shaped decorative body 25 in which the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 is visible from the front side and a pachinko ball flowing down the game area 21 can enter. (Specifically, a first start winning section 27, a second start winning section 28, a special winning section 36, a first gate section 41, a second gate section 43, etc., which will be described later) are arranged as game board installation parts. ing. It should be noted that the number of the mounting openings is appropriately changed as necessary depending on the number of game board installation parts attached to the game board 20 and the arrangement positions. Here, when a pachinko ball enters the ball entrance that opens in the game area 21 is collectively referred to as “entry ball”, and when the pachinko ball enters (enters) the ball entrance, In particular, when a predetermined game condition (for example, a winning ball payout condition, a special figure determination condition, or a common figure determination condition described later) is established, it may be referred to as “winning”.

(About the frame-shaped decorative body 25)
In the game board 20 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, a display window portion 25 a that opens in the front and rear is formed in a first mounting opening that opens at the approximate center of the game area 21 surrounded by the guide rail 22. A frame-shaped decorative body 25, also referred to as a center role, is attached so that the display portion 17 a of the effect display portion 17 can be viewed from the front of the game board 20 through the display window portion 25 a of the frame-shaped decorative body 25. It is configured. Specifically, the frame-shaped decorative body 25 projects forward from the front surface of the game board 20 and extends so as to surround the display window portion 25a, thereby dividing the game area 21 and the display portion 17a of the effect display portion 17 from each other. A partition wall portion 25b and a thin plate-like base plate portion 25c extending outward from the rear edge of the partition wall portion 25b are provided. Then, with the base plate portion 25c in contact with the front surface of the game board 20, the frame-shaped decorative body 25 is fixed to the game board 20 by fixing the base plate portion 25c to the game board 20 from the front side by fixing means such as screws. 20 is attached to the outside of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 (specifically, between the partition wall 25b and the guide rail 22), and a game area 21 in which pachinko balls flow down is defined. Yes. In addition, the said baseplate part 25c is formed in the thickness which can pass a pachinko ball on the front side in the state which attached the frame-shaped decoration body 25 to the game board 20. As shown in FIG. The partition wall portion 25b of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 continuously extends from the substantially middle position of the left edge of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 (base plate portion 25c) to the upper edge and the lower right edge. The pachinko ball is restricted from flowing down (falling) across the front side of the display unit 17a in the effect display unit 17. Note that the frame-shaped decorative body 25 is not limited to a form in which the display window part 25a is opened in front and back, but can be in a form in which all or part of the display window part 25a is closed with a transparent plate or the like.

  Further, the partition wall 25b is formed so as to be inclined downward in the left-right direction from the uppermost position, and the pachinko ball launched into the game area 21 does not stagnate on the partition wall 25b or on the left side of the frame-shaped decorative body 25. It is formed to be guided to the right. That is, the game area 21 defined in the game board 20 of the embodiment includes a first ball flowing area 21a in which the launched pachinko ball flows down the left side of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 and reaches the outlet 23, The punched pachinko ball is partitioned into a second ball flow-down area 21 b that flows down the right side of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 and reaches the out port 23. Thus, by adjusting the hitting force by rotating the operation lever 16a of the operation handle 16, the pachinko ball launched from the launch port 24 is moved into the first ball falling area (the ball falling area other than the specific ball falling area). ) The player arbitrarily selects one of a so-called left-handed game operation mode that flows down 21a and a so-called right-handed game operation mode in which the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow region (specific ball flow region) 21b. It has come to be able to do. In the following description, the left-handed game operation form is designated as a left-handed operation form (first operation form), and the right-handed game operation form is designated as a right-handed operation form (second operation form). There is a case. The game area 21 is configured such that the first and second ball falling areas 21a and 21b merge at a position below the frame-shaped decorative body 25, and the first and second ball flowing areas 21a and 21b. The outlet 23 is provided in a region where the pachinko balls that have flown down each of them are discharged. The gaming board 20 is provided with a large number of game nails G in the game area 21. When the pachinko balls flowing down the game area 21 come into contact with the game nails G, the flow direction is irregular. It is configured to change.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the frame-shaped decorative body 25 is provided with a stage 25d on the lower side of the display window 25a (the inner peripheral lower edge of the frame-shaped decorative body 25), and the left side of the display window 25a. In addition, a ball introduction part 25e that opens into the first ball flow down area 21a (game area 21) and takes a pachinko ball flowing down the first ball flow down area 21a into the inside (stage 25d) of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 is provided. The ball introduction part 25e is configured to communicate with the stage 25d. The pachinko balls passed from the ball introduction part 25e to the stage 25d roll to the left and right on the stage 25d and are then discharged to the game area 21. Here, in the stage 25d, a plurality of discharge portions are formed above the first start winning portion 27, and the pachinko balls are discharged into the game area 21 from any of the discharge portions. Yes. Specifically, a discharge unit is provided vertically above the first start winning port 27a in the first start winning unit 27 and on a side shifted to the left and right with respect to the first start winning port 27a. The upper pachinko ball is discharged so that the first start winning opening 27a can be easily won (entered). That is, by guiding the pachinko ball to the upper position of the first start winning portion 27 by the stage 25d, the ball introducing portion is more than the pachinko ball that has flowed down the first ball falling region 21a without being taken into the ball introducing portion 25e. The probability that the pachinko ball taken in by 25e and guided to the stage 25d wins the first start winning opening 27a is increased.

(About the club)
As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 20 has a plurality of ball receiving portions (a first start winning portion 27, a second start winning portion 28, a special winning portion) in which pachinko balls flowing down the game area 21 can enter. 36, a first gate portion 41, a second gate portion 43, a first normal winning portion 45, and a second normal winning portion 46) are provided, and control is executed according to the entering portion where the pachinko ball has entered. So that you can play games. Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the first start winning portion 27 and the first gate portion 41 as the entrance portions are positions where the pachinko balls flowing down the first ball flow down area 21a can enter. In addition, the special winning portion 36 and the second gate portion 43 as the pitching portion are provided at positions where the pachinko balls flowing down the second ball falling region 21b can enter. Further, in the embodiment, the second start winning portion 28 as the ball entering portion is provided at a position where a pachinko ball flowing down the first ball falling region 21a and the second ball flowing region 21b can enter. . That is, pachinko balls flowing down the first ball flow down area 21a can enter (win) the first start winning portion 27, the second start winning portion 28, and the first gate portion 41, while the second ball Pachinko balls that flow down the flow area 21b can enter (win) the second start winning portion 28, the special winning portion 36, and the second gate portion 43. Left-handed games and right-handed games Depending on the type of the ball, the ball-entry portion where the ball can enter is different at least partially. In the game board 20 of the embodiment, the regular winning portions 45 and 46 as the winning portions are arranged so as to be located in the first and second ball falling areas 21a and 21b, respectively. Pachinko balls that have flowed down the two-ball flow areas 21a and 21b can win the normal winning portions 45 and 46.

(About the starting prize winners 27 and 28)
The first start winning portion 27 is provided at a position where a pachinko ball flowing down the game area 21 can be won at a position below the frame-shaped decorative body 25 (a position below the stage 25d), and constant in the game area 21. The first start winning opening 27a is opened with a certain opening width, and the pachinko ball that has flowed down the game area 21 to the position where the first starting winning section 27 is arranged is always open to the first start winning opening 27a with a certain probability. It is configured to be able to win a prize. The second start winning portion 28 is provided at a position where a pachinko ball flowing down the game area 21 can be won at a position below the first start winning portion 27. The second start winning section 28 is configured to open and close a second start winning opening (winning opening) 28a with respect to the game area 21 by a start opening / closing member (opening / closing means) 29, and start as driving means. As the winning solenoid 30 (see FIG. 9) is driven, the start opening / closing member 29 is displaced between a closed position for closing the second start winning opening 28a and an open position for opening. That is, the second start winning portion 28 is configured such that the opening width of the second start winning port 28a with respect to the game area 21 is variable by driving the start winning solenoid 30, and by opening the start opening / closing member 29, The pachinko ball that has flowed down the game area 21 to the position where the second start winning portion 28 is arranged is configured to easily win the second start winning opening 28a.

  That is, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, a position where a game ball that has flowed down a specific ball flow down region (second ball flow down region 21b) in the ball flow down regions 21a and 21b provided in the game board 20 can win. In addition, a second start winning section 28 is provided as an open / close winning means capable of opening and closing the second start winning opening 28a by the start opening / closing member 29. Further, the game board 20 flows down the second ball falling area 21b by the arrangement of the game nails G in the game area 21 (first and second ball falling areas 21a, 21b), the arrangement of other game board installation parts, and the like. The pachinko ball that flows down the first ball flow-down area 21a is configured to reach the position where the first start winning portion 27 is arranged more easily than the pachinko ball that flows down, and flows down the first ball flow-down area 21a. The pachinko ball that flows down the second ball flow-down region 21b is configured to reach the position where the second start winning portion 28 is disposed more easily than the pachinko ball. Accordingly, in the case of a variable state (specific game state) described later in which the second start winning portion 28 is opened / closed under an opening / closing control condition advantageous to the player, the right-handed game in which the pachinko ball flows down the second ball falling area 21b. A predetermined game is played when the player operates the operation handle 16 so as to play a game.

  In addition, start winning detection sensors 31 and 32 (see FIG. 9) as a winning detection means for detecting the pachinko balls are provided in the discharge path of the pachinko balls won in the first and second start winning units 27 and 28. Yes. Here, in the embodiment, the start winning detection sensors 31 and 32 are individually provided so as to correspond to the respective start winning portions 27 and 28. In the following description, a sensor corresponding to the first start winning opening 27a is provided. The first start winning detection sensor 31 is referred to, and the sensor corresponding to the second start winning opening 28a is referred to as the second start winning detection sensor 32. The start winning detection sensors 31 and 32 are wired to a main control board 60 (see FIG. 9) disposed on the back side of the pachinko machine 10.

  The first start condition is that a ball detection signal from the first start winning detection sensor 31 is input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 (that is, a pachinko ball winning to the first start winning portion 27). The second start condition is that the ball detection signal from the second start winning detection sensor 32 is input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 (that is, the pachinko ball winning to the second start winning portion 28). When either the first start condition or the second start condition is satisfied, the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 performs special figure hit determination (hit determination) for determining whether or not the hit is a special figure (win). At the same time, a predetermined game privilege is given by the determination result per special figure. Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, various information (random numbers) is acquired along with the detection of the pachinko balls by the first and second start winning detection sensors 31 and 32, and based on the acquired information While determining per figure, the effect display unit 17 is configured to execute a symbol variation effect based on the result of the special symbol determination. Then, when the determination result of the special figure hit determination becomes the hit determination result, the combination that results in a predetermined hit display on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 as a result of the symbol variation effect in the effect display unit 17 (For example, when three productions of the same production design are displayed) After the production design is confirmed and stopped, a win game (special game such as a big hit game or a small hit game) advantageous to the player is given (occurred). It has become. In addition, an effect control board 65 that controls the execution of the effect is wired to the main control board 60, and the effect control board 65 is based on the control signal input from the main control board 60. By controlling this, a predetermined symbol variation effect is executed.

  In addition, a ball detection signal from any of the start winning detection sensors 31, 32 is input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 (that is, a pachinko ball wins to the first and second start winning ports 27a, 28a). ) As a payout condition for a pachinko ball as a game medium, the main control CPU 60a determines to pay out a predetermined number of pachinko balls as a prize ball (winning award). That is, based on the input of the ball detection signals from the start winning detection sensors 31 and 32, a signal (payout instruction signal) for instructing the payout of the pachinko balls and instructing the number of pachinko balls to be paid out (the number of prize balls) The main control CPU 60a executes a control process so as to output from 60 to the payout control board, and the payout control board controls the operation of the ball payout device 91 based on the payout instruction signal, whereby the pachinko ball is instructed by the payout instruction signal. A large number of pachinko balls are paid out. That is, the main control CPU 60a of the embodiment is configured to function as an instruction unit that performs a process of outputting a signal that instructs the payout of the game medium (pachinko ball) to the payout control unit based on the establishment of the payout condition. Here, when the payout condition is established in response to the winning of the pachinko ball to the first and second starting winning ports 27a, 28a, the type according to the type of the starting winning ports 27a, 28a where the winning of the pachinko ball has occurred. The main control CPU 60a outputs a payout instruction signal for instructing the number of payouts to the payout control board. In the embodiment, when a pachinko ball is awarded to the first start winning opening 27a, a payout instruction signal for instructing the payout of three pachinko balls (prize balls) is output and to the second start winning opening 28a. When a pachinko ball wins, the payout signal that instructs the payout of two pachinko balls (prize balls) is output. Note that the main control CPU 60a may output a payout signal instructing the same number (for example, 3) of payout balls regardless of the type of the start winning ports 27a, 28a where the winning of the pachinko ball has occurred.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the game board 20 of the embodiment has a pachinko to the first start winning portion 27 on the right side of the first starting winning portion 27 (on the second ball falling area 21b side). A restricting portion 49 that restricts the movement of the sphere is provided. That is, pachinko balls flowing down the second ball flow down area 21b can win the second start winning portion 28 according to the open / closed state (open / close position) of the start opening / closing member 29, while It is configured to be almost impossible to win. For this reason, in the left-handed game in which the pachinko ball flows down the first ball flow down area 21a, the winning of the first or second start winning portion 27, 28 (satisfaction of the first and second start conditions) is triggered. In the right-handed game in which the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow down area 21b, the winning game can be awarded, and the winning at the second start winning portion 28 (establishment of the second start condition) is a trigger. Due to the difference in the winning game that is given by the winning of the first and second starting winning units 27 and 28 as will be described later, the right-handed game will receive more prize balls with the winning game. It can be earned.

(About the special prize winning part 36)
The special winning portion 36 is arranged on the right side of the start winning portions 27 and 28 so that pachinko balls flowing down the second ball falling region 21b can win. The special winning portion 36 is configured to open and close a special winning opening 36a with respect to the game area 21 by a special opening / closing member (opening / closing member) 37, and a special winning solenoid 38 as a driving means (see FIG. 9). With this driving, the special opening / closing member 37 is configured to be displaced between a closed position for closing the special winning opening 36a and an open position for opening. In other words, the special prize winning section 36 is configured so that the special opening and closing member 37 prevents the pachinko ball from being awarded to the special prize opening 36a in accordance with the driving of the special prize solenoid 38 and the pachinko ball is awarded to the special prize opening 36a. It is configured to move between permissible open positions. Here, the special winning portion 36 is configured to always close the special winning opening 36a by the special opening / closing member 37 (a state in which no winning is possible), and the special winning opening 36a is provided in accordance with the provision of a winning game (winning game) described later. Is opened (with a winning possible state). In other words, the special winning part 36 functions as a winning part configured to be able to open and close under the opening / closing control conditions advantageous to the player in the winning game state (special game state) to which the winning game is given. In the case of a hit game (special game state) that opens and closes under an open / close control condition advantageous to the player, the player moves the operation handle 16 so that the pachinko ball plays a right-handed game that flows down the second ball flow area 21b. A predetermined game is played by the operation.

  The special winning section 36 is provided with a special winning detection sensor 40 (see FIG. 9) as a winning detection means for detecting the pachinko balls in the discharge path for discharging the pachinko balls won in the special winning opening 36a. Thus, the special winning detection sensor 40 is connected to the main control board 60 by wiring. Then, the ball detection signal from the special winning detection sensor 40 is input to the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 (that is, the winning of the pachinko ball to the special winning port 36a) as a payout condition for the pachinko ball as a game medium. The main control CPU 60a is configured to determine to pay out a predetermined number of pachinko balls as prize balls (winning award). That is, the main control CPU 60a executes a control process to output the payout instruction signal from the main control board 60 to the payout control board based on the input of the ball detection signal from the special winning detection sensor 40, and the payout instruction signal is output. Based on this, the payout control board controls the operation of the ball payout device 91 so that the number of pachinko balls indicated by the payout instruction signal is paid out. Here, in the embodiment, when a payout condition is established in response to the winning of a pachinko ball to the special winning portion 36, a payout instruction for instructing a payout of a predetermined number (for example, 14) of pachinko balls (prize balls). It is configured to output a signal.

(About gate parts 41 and 43)
As shown in FIG. 2, the first gate portion 41 is disposed on the left side of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 and is configured to allow a pachinko ball flowing down the first ball falling region 21a to pass therethrough. A first gate sensor 42 that detects pachinko balls passing through the first gate portion 41 is provided.
The second gate portion 43 is arranged on the right side of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 and is configured to allow a pachinko ball flowing down the second ball falling region 21b to pass therethrough. A second gate sensor 44 for detecting a pachinko ball passing through is provided. The first and second gate sensors 42 and 44 are wired to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) (see FIG. 9), and any one of the gate sensors 42 and 44 detects a pachinko ball. The detection signal is input to the main control board 60 (passing through the first or second gate portion 41, 43) as a third start condition, and the main start of the main control board 60 is established when the third start condition is satisfied. The control CPU 60a is set so as to make a normal hit determination (opening determination as to whether or not the opening operation is permitted). The start winning solenoid 30 is driven so as to open the start opening / closing member 29 of the second start winning portion 28 when the normal hit determination becomes a determination result per hit (determination result permitting the opening operation). It has come to be.

(Regarding the regular prize winners 45 and 46)
The first ordinary winning portion 45 includes a first ordinary winning opening 45a that opens with a certain opening width in the game area 21 (first ball flowing area 21a), and flows down the first ball flowing area 21a. Pachinko balls are configured to be able to win with a certain probability. The second normal winning portion 46 includes a second normal winning opening 46a that opens with a certain opening width in the game area 21 (second ball flow-down area 21b), and the pachinko that flows down the game area 21. The ball is configured to be able to win with a certain probability. The pachinko machine 10 detects a first prize winning detection sensor 47 as a normal prize detection means for detecting a pachinko ball won in the first ordinary prize winning unit 45 and a normal prize detection for detecting a pachinko ball won in the second ordinary prize winning unit 46. A second normal winning detection sensor 48 as a means is provided. Each of the normal winning detection sensors 47 and 48 is wired to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) (see FIG. 9), and the ball detection signals from the normal winning detection sensors 47 and 48 are sent to the main control board 60. As a payout condition for a pachinko ball as a game medium to be input, the main control CPU 60a decides to pay out a predetermined number of pachinko balls as a prize ball (winning privilege), and outputs a control signal to the payout control board Thus, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out to the ball payout device 91. In the embodiment, the number of winning balls in the first normal winning portion 45 is set to ten, whereas the number of winning balls in the second normal winning portion 46 is set to five.

(About error detection means)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment includes a plurality of error detection means (error detection sensors) that can individually detect a plurality of types of errors. As the error detection means, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment includes a vibration detection sensor 200 that detects vibration, a magnetic detection sensor 202 that detects magnetism, and the like. Hereinafter, the vibration detection sensor 200 and the magnetic detection sensor 202 will be described. Moreover, as an error detection means, various sensors which can detect other types of errors, such as a full detection sensor which detects the full state of the storage part in which the pachinko ball is stored, can be provided.

(Vibration detection sensor 200)
The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment includes a vibration detection sensor (vibration detection means) 200 that can detect the vibration of the game board 20 (see FIG. 9). The vibration detection sensor 200 includes, for example, a multivibrator circuit in which the balance of the two state systems changes when an impact with a predetermined frequency is detected, and the player can use the front frame 13 of the pachinko machine 10, the upper ball tray 14 and the like Is intentionally struck, the vibration caused by this is detected and a detection signal is output to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). As a result, the pachinko ball that has won the various winning holes 27a, 28a, 36a, 45a, 46a is supported by deliberately hitting the game board 20 by intentionally hitting the front frame 13 or the upper ball tray 14 of the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to recognize cheating or the like that a plurality of pachinko balls have won (detected) by generating chattering when detected by the winning detection sensors 31, 38, 47, 48. Yes. When a detection signal (vibration detection signal) from the vibration detection sensor 200 is input to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) displays error information indicating a vibration detection state. It is comprised so that it can output to the production control board 65 (production control CPU65a).

(Magnetic detection sensor 202)
The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment includes a magnetic detection sensor (magnetic detection means) 202 that can detect magnetism output from a magnetic generator. This magnetism detection sensor 202 is an attitude and position that can detect the magnetism generated from the magnetism generating device on the front side of the game board 20 when each of the winning detection sensors 31, 38, 47, 48 can detect the magnetism. When the magnetism is detected, a detection signal is output to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). Accordingly, it is possible for the magnetic detection sensor 202 to recognize fraudulent acts on the winning detection sensors 31, 38, 47, and 48 using the magnetic generator. When a detection signal (magnetic detection signal) from the magnetic detection sensor 202 is input to the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) displays error information indicating a magnetic detection state. It is comprised so that it can output to the production control board 65 (production control CPU65a).

(About the game information display part M)
At a predetermined position of the game board 20 (in the embodiment, a lower left position outside the game area 21), a game information display unit M for displaying various game information according to the control process of the main control CPU 60a is provided. By visually observing the game information display part M, the player can appropriately check game information necessary for the game. That is, the game information display unit M is wired to the main control board 60, and each display unit 50A, 50B, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57 is in accordance with a signal output based on the control process of the main control CPU 60a. , 59 light-emitting units (LEDs) are turned on / off to display game information. Here, in the game information display unit M of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2, as the display unit for displaying the game information, the special figure display units 50A and 50B, the special figure hold display units 52 and 53, and the general figure display are displayed. A unit 55, a general map hold display unit 56, a round display unit 57, a right-handed display unit 59, and the like are provided. The front surface of the game information display unit M is covered with a light-transmitting cover body Ma so that various game information displayed on the game information display unit M can be confirmed via the cover body Ma. It is configured.

(Regarding special figure display parts 50A and 50B)
As shown in FIG. 2, the special figure display units 50A and 50B operate in response to winnings in the first start winning unit 27 and the second start winning unit 28 and determine per special figure (lottery per special figure). It is a display unit that displays a special symbol for notification (hereinafter referred to as a special diagram) indicating the result of the Here, the special figure display units 50A and 50B are provided to the first special figure display unit 50A for starting the variable display of the special figure in response to the winning to the first start winning unit 27, and to the second start winning unit 28. It consists of a second special figure display section 50B that starts the display of the fluctuation of the special figure in response to the winning prize, and each of the special figure display sections 50A, 50B is composed of a plurality of (8 in the embodiment) LED lamps. ing. Then, triggered by the winning of the pachinko ball to the first start winning part 27, the special figure change display which blinks and fluctuates in which the LED lamp of the first special figure display part 50A is sequentially turned on / off is performed. One of a plurality of special figures is displayed according to the lighting position (lighting pattern) at which the lamp lighting is confirmed and stopped. Also, triggered by the winning of the pachinko ball to the second start winning section 28, the blinking fluctuation display is performed in which the LED lamp of the second special figure display section 50B is turned on / off, and finally the LED lamp is turned on. Is configured to display one of a plurality of types of special figures depending on the lighting position (lighting pattern) at which is fixedly stopped. In addition, although the special figure display parts 50A and 50B of an Example are comprised so that a special figure may be displayed by the lighting position of LED, it is not restricted to this, In the form which can change a lighting position suitably and can finally carry out a lighting display. Any other display means capable of displaying a 7-segment display, a dot matrix, a small liquid crystal display, and other special drawings can be used.

  Specifically, special charts that can be displayed in each special chart display unit 50A, 50B include 100 types of special charts as hit displays (designs per special chart) that can recognize the winning of the special chart determination, One type of special figure as an off-line display (special figure off symbol) that can recognize the judgment deviation is set corresponding to each special figure display unit 50A, 50B. One special figure determined accordingly is displayed as a fixed stop display on the special figure display units 50A and 50B as a result of the special figure fluctuation display. Note that the number of special symbols per symbol and special symbols that can be displayed in each of the special symbol display units 50A and 50B described above is an example, and can be changed as appropriate. Then, by displaying a special figure (design per special figure) as a winning display on either of the special figure display portions 50A, 50B, a winning game corresponding to the winning display is continuously given to the player. It is like that. In the following description, the special figure fluctuation display performed in the first special figure display unit 50A is referred to as "first special figure fluctuation display", and as a result of the first special figure fluctuation display, the first special figure display unit 50A. The special figure displayed in a fixed stop state may be referred to as special figure 1. Similarly, the special figure fluctuation display performed in the second special figure display unit 50B is referred to as “second special figure fluctuation display”, and as a result of the second special figure fluctuation display, the fixed stop display is displayed on the second special figure display unit 50B. The special figure to be made may be referred to as special figure 2. That is, the special figure display portions 50A and 50B of the embodiment function as a fluctuation display means for displaying a fluctuation display in accordance with the detection of the start winning detection sensors 31 and 32 and displaying the determination result of the special figure determination. .

  The “definite stop” is a state in which the special figure display units 50A and 50B continuously display (light up) at the same lighting position over a predetermined special figure fluctuation interval time (special figure fluctuation standby time). In other words, after the special figure is displayed on the special figure display units 50A and 50B over the special figure interval time and displayed to be confirmed and stopped, the next special figure fluctuation display can be executed. In the embodiment, 600 ms (milliseconds) is set as the special figure fluctuation interval time (special figure fluctuation waiting time) of the symbol fluctuation effect (first special figure fluctuation display) performed based on the first start hold information. 600 ms is set as the special symbol variation interval time (special diagram variation standby time) of the symbol variation effect (second special diagram variation display) performed based on the start suspension information. The special figure fluctuation interval time is not limited to the above-described time, and may be any time that can identify that the special figure has stopped, and is based on each of the first start hold information and the second start hold information. Thus, the special figure fluctuation interval time when the special figure fluctuation display is performed can be set to a different time. For example, the second start time is reduced by shortening the special figure interval time when the special figure fluctuation display is performed based on the second start hold information than when the special figure fluctuation display is performed based on the first start hold information. The design variation effect performed based on the hold information can be progressed in a refreshing manner.

(About special figure hold display sections 52 and 53)
The special figure hold display units 52 and 53 receive winning information (various random information such as random numbers for determination per special figure) acquired when the pachinko ball wins the first and second start winning units 27 and 28. When storing as special figure start hold information in the internal storage means (main control RAM 60c in the embodiment), the display unit displays the number of hold of the special figure start hold information in an identifiable manner. Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the special figure hold display units 52 and 53 receive the winning information (various random number information) acquired when the pachinko ball wins the first start winning unit 27 in the main control RAM 60c. The first special figure hold display unit 52 that displays the number of holds stored as the first special figure start hold information, and winning information (various random number information) acquired when the pachinko ball wins the second start winning unit 28 The main control RAM 60c includes a second special figure hold display unit 53 that displays the number of holds stored as the second special figure start hold information, and each of the special figure hold display units 52, 53 includes a plurality of (in the embodiment, 2) each of the light emitting display sections. A first special figure hold display section 52 having a light emitting display section composed of a plurality of LEDs (two in the embodiment) for displaying the number of hold of the first special figure start hold information is provided, and the second special figure is displayed. A second special figure hold display section 53 is provided in which a light emitting display section is composed of a plurality of LEDs (two in the embodiment) for displaying the number of hold of the start hold information. That is, according to the display contents of the first and second special figure hold display sections 52 and 53, the number of the first special figure fluctuation display and the second special figure fluctuation display that are held (the number of the reserved special figure determination is held). Frequency) is notified.

  Here, the number of holds of the first special figure start hold information displayed on the first special figure hold display section 52 is incremented by 1 when the pachinko ball wins the first start win section 27, and 1 is subtracted every time a special figure determination based on one special figure start hold information (that is, the first special figure variation display (design variation effect)) is performed. In addition, the number of holds of the second special figure start hold information displayed on the second special figure hold display unit 53 is incremented by 1 when a pachinko ball wins any one of the second start winning units 28, Each time a special figure determination (second special figure fluctuation display (design fluctuation effect)) based on the second special figure start hold information is performed, 1 is subtracted. Note that a predetermined upper limit number (“4” in any of the embodiments) is set for the number of holds in the first and second special figure start hold information, and the first and second special numbers up to the upper limit number are set. It is set to be able to add the number of holds in the figure start hold information. Each of the first and second special figure hold display sections 52 and 53 is composed of a plurality of adjacent (two in the embodiment) LEDs, and each start hold storage number is “1” to “2”. ", The corresponding special figure hold display sections 52 and 53 are sequentially lit in a predetermined order (for example, the left side), and when each start hold storage number is" 3 "to" 4 ", the corresponding special figure hold The display units 52 and 53 blink sequentially in a predetermined order (for example, the left side), so that the player can grasp the number of holds of each special figure start hold information.

  Further, in the embodiment, as will be described later, the special drawing start suspension information is read out in order of winning in the first start winning portion 27 and the second start winning portion 28, and judgment per special drawing is performed. That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment displays the special drawing start hold information in the order of winning to the both start winning units 27 and 28 without giving priority to any of the winnings to the first and second starting winning units 27 and 28. The main control RAM 60c is configured to read out the special figure start hold information in a state where the winning order of the special figure start hold information can be recognized. 2nd special figure start hold information) is stored.

(About the round display part 57)
In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when winning per special figure is determined, one winning game is determined from a plurality of types of winning games described later. In this winning game, a plurality of types having different prescribed round numbers are set, and a round display section 57 (see FIG. 9) for notifying the prescribed round number of winning games won is displayed on the gaming information display section M. Is provided. In this embodiment, one type of “twice” is set as the specified number of rounds per game, and the specified number of rounds is identifiable on the round display unit 57. As in the embodiment, when all the prescribed round numbers of hit games set in the pachinko machine 10 are the same, the round display portion 57 can be omitted.

(About the general map display 55)
The general map display unit 55 is a notification for showing a result of a normal map hitting determination (opening determination) triggered by the detection of pachinko balls by the gate sensors 42 and 44 (passage of pachinko balls by the gate units 41 and 43). This is a display unit that displays a normal symbol (hereinafter referred to as a general symbol) in a identifiable manner. Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the general-purpose display unit 55 includes a plurality of (two in the embodiment) LED lamps, and detects pachinko balls (gate units 41, 44) of the gate sensors 42, 44. When the 43 pachinko balls pass), the LED display of the normal display 55 is turned on and off sequentially. One of a plurality of types of common maps is displayed according to the lighting position (lighting pattern). Then, from the final display result of the general map display section 55, it is possible to recognize the normal map hit or miss. In other words, the general symbol display unit 55 is a normal symbol display means for changing and stopping the normal symbol indicating the determination result of the universal symbol determination. In the embodiment, the common map display unit 55 is configured to display two types of common maps and to display one type of common map deviation. In the following description, the common figure for recognizing the common figure may be distinguished from the common figure 1 and the common figure 2 in the following description. In other words, the general map display unit 55 of the embodiment functions as a variable display unit that displays a variation display in accordance with the detection of the gate sensors 42 and 44 and displays the determination result of the common map determination. In addition, although the common figure display part 55 of an Example is comprised so that a common figure may be displayed by the lighting position of LED, it is not restricted to this, A lighting position is changed suitably and a display mode is changed, and finally a lighting display Any other form may be used, and a 7-segment display, a dot matrix, a small liquid crystal display, and other display means capable of displaying a common map can be employed.

  The “definite stop” is a state in which the normal map display unit 55 continuously displays (lights) at the same lighting position over a predetermined normal map change interval time (normal map change standby time). In other words, the next map change display can be executed after the map is turned on and displayed on the map display section 55 for the time interval of the map. In the embodiment, 500 ms (milliseconds) is set as the normal time fluctuation interval time. In addition, the usual figure change interval time is not limited to the above-described time, and may be any time that can identify that the usual figure has stopped.

(Regarding the general map hold display section 56)
The general map hold display unit 56 stores open determination information (various random information such as random numbers for determination per general map) acquired when the pachinko ball passes through the gate units 41 and 43 in a storage means ( In the embodiment, the main control RAM 60c) is a display unit that displays the number of hold of the general map start hold information in an identifiable manner when it is stored as the general start start hold information. Here, as shown in FIG. 2, the general map hold display unit 56 is composed of a plurality of (two in the embodiment) light-emitting display units, and the general map hold display unit 56 holds depending on the display contents of the general map hold display unit 56. The number of changes in the usual map is informed. When the pachinko ball passes through the gate parts 41 and 43, the number of stored general map starting displays displayed in the general map holding display unit 56 is incremented by one. Each time (display) is performed, 1 is subtracted. Note that a predetermined upper limit number (“4” in the embodiment) is set for the general-purpose start reserved memory number, and the general-purpose start reserved memory number can be added up to the upper limit number.

(Right-handed display 59)
The right-handed display unit (first notification unit) 59 is a display unit that displays in a identifiable manner that a right-handed game state in which a right-handed game in which a pachinko ball is launched into the second ball falling area 21b is suitable. . In the embodiment, a specific gaming state (specifically, a winning portion (second starting winning portion 28 in the embodiment) in which a pachinko ball flowing down the second ball flowing area 21b is likely to win is opened / closed under opening / closing control conditions advantageous to the player (specifically). Is a variable state described later), or a hit game in which a special winning portion 36 disposed in the second ball falling region 21b is opened / closed under open / close control conditions advantageous to the player is performed. The case of the state corresponds to the right-handed gaming state. A case of a gaming state other than the right-handed gaming state (non-variable state in the embodiment) corresponds to the left-handed gaming state. That is, in the right-handed game state, the pachinko ball is launched into the first ball falling area 21a by performing the game by operating the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode so as to launch the pachinko ball into the second ball falling area 21b. Compared to playing a game, the player has gained a lot of profit (for example, winning in the second starting winning portion 28 triggered by entering the second gate portion 43 or winning in the special winning portion 36). It is a game state that can be acquired. As described above, the right-handed display unit 59 notifies that the operation handle 16 is operated in the right-handed operation mode when it is turned on (that it is in the right-handed gaming state), and operates when the operation handle 16 is turned left-handed when the light is turned off. The user can be notified of the fact that he / she is performing (that is, the left-handed gaming state).

  Further, the right-handed display portion 59 is turned on at the same time when the right-handed gaming state is entered, and is turned off at the same time as the right-handed gaming state is finished. Further, during the right-handed gaming state, the right-handed display portion 59 is continuously lit. That is, the right-handed display unit 59 is configured to notify in the same manner during the right-handed gaming state. In the embodiment, the right-handed display unit 59 is turned on when the symbol per symbol is confirmed and stopped in the first or second special symbol display unit 50A, 50B and the hit game is started. The main control to turn off the right-handed display unit 59 by satisfying the end condition of the variable state with progress (specifically, the symbol variation effect (special diagram variation display) of a predetermined number of variations is performed after the winning game). The CPU 60a controls the light emission by outputting a signal to the right-handed display unit 59.

  Here, the right-handed display portion 59 is composed of one LED lamp. That is, the right-handed display unit 59 displays a single signal (first signal for lighting the right-handed display unit 59 from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) in the right-handed gaming state operated in the right-handed operation mode. (Notification signal) is output to turn on (notify the right-handed operation mode), and is controlled to be turned off when the output of the signal is stopped. Here, when the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs to the effect control board 65 a control command (opening designation command CMD1 to be described later) instructing the start of notification of the right-handed operation mode, the right-handed display section 59 is provided. The right-handed display unit 59 is turned on (notified) simultaneously with the transition to the right-handed gaming state. In addition, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) controls the control command for instructing the end of the notification of the right-handed operation mode (the change end command CMD7 described later or the fourth hit notification condition when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied). When the end designation command CMD6) is output to the effect control board 65, the output of the signal to the right-handed display unit 59 is stopped, and the right-handed display unit 59 is turned off simultaneously with the end of the right-handed gaming state ( Notification end).

  Here, the display area of the game information display unit M is set to be extremely small as compared with the display area of effects and the like executed by the effect display unit 17, and various effects executed by the effect display unit 17. It is difficult for a player who is paying attention to the information displayed on the game information display section M to be easily recognized. In addition, each display part 50A, 50B, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 59 etc. of the said game information display part M is individually controllable if it can display or alert | report corresponding information. A light-emitting display unit composed of a plurality of LEDs, or a 7-segment display, a dot matrix, a small liquid crystal display, or other display means can be employed.

(About the production display unit 17)
As shown in FIG. 2, the effect display unit 17 has three symbol rows, left symbol row L, middle symbol row C, and right symbol row R, which can display the decorative drawing in a variable manner. The decorative drawing of each of the symbol rows L, C, and R starts to fluctuate in response to winning in the first starting winning port 27a or the second starting winning port 28a. In the effect display unit 17 of the embodiment, an effective stop position 300 where one decorative drawing can be stopped and displayed as a result of the symbol variation effect is set, and each symbol row L, C, R is enabled by the symbol variation effect. A symbol combination of decorations displayed in a fixed stop display on the stop symbol effective line combining the stop positions 300 is derived. That is, one stop symbol effective line is set in the effect display unit 17 of the embodiment. In addition, the effect display unit 17 uses a winning condition (specifically, a ball detection by the starting winning detection sensors 31 and 32) to the start winning ports 27a and 28a as a starting condition, and when the starting condition is satisfied, the symbol variation effect is given. Is configured to run.

  Further, in the effect display unit 17, before the symbol variation effect is finished, a decorative drawing is temporarily stopped and displayed at the effective stop position 300 of each symbol row L, C, R, and each symbol row L, C, When the decorative drawing of R is displayed in a fixed stop state, one symbol variation effect ends. In other words, the symbol variation effect (the first special diagram variation display and the second special diagram variation display) is determined from the start of the variation of the decorative drawing (special diagram 1 and special diagram 2) performed based on one special diagram start hold information. The process is executed once until the stop. The “variable display” is a state in which the decorations displayed at the effective stop position 300 change in a predetermined order in each of the symbol rows L, C, and R. The “decision stop” of the decorative drawing is a state in which the decorative drawing is continuously stopped and displayed at the effective stop position 300 for a predetermined special figure variation interval time in each of the symbol rows L, C, and R. . In addition, the “temporary stop” of the decorative drawing means that the decorative drawing displayed so as to remain at the effective stop position 300 in each of the symbol rows L, C, R is not continuously stopped for the special figure changing interval time. is there. That is, the temporary stop of the decoration drawing includes a state in which the decoration drawing is displayed in a fluctuation state at the effective stop position 300 and a state in which the decoration drawing is stopped and displayed in a time shorter than the special drawing change interval time.

  Here, in the first special figure display unit 50A and the effect display unit 17, the first special figure fluctuation display and the symbol fluctuation production related to the first special figure fluctuation display are started, and the special figure 1 and the decorative drawing are displayed in a fixed stop display. Is done. Similarly, in the 2nd special figure display part 50B and the effect display part 17, the 2nd special figure fluctuation display and the symbol fluctuation effect regarding the 2nd special figure fluctuation display are started, and the special figure 2 and the decorative drawing are displayed on the fixed stop. Is done. In the first and second special figure display units 50A and 50B, the special figure fluctuation display is not performed at the same time. When one of the special figure display units 50A and 50B is performing the special figure fluctuation display, The first or second special figure start hold information corresponding to the main control RAM 60c is held and stored.

  In the effect display unit 17 according to the embodiment, 10 kinds of numbers “0” to “9” are set as basic decoration drawings in each of the symbol rows L, C, and R, and each of the basic decoration drawings is set as the basic decoration drawing. The symbol rows L, C, and R are sequentially displayed in a variable manner. In the embodiment, in the middle symbol row C, “J” is set as a special ornament drawing (special symbol) in addition to the ten basic ornament drawings. In addition, as a decoration drawing, it is not restricted to this, It is set as the form which a player can distinguish and identify each decoration drawing like arbitrary numbers, a character, a design, etc.

  And the decorative drawing of each of the symbol rows L, C, R displayed at the effective stop position 300 (stop symbol effective line) of each of the symbol rows L, C, R in the effect display unit 17 is a winning symbol combination. In such a case, it is possible to grasp that a winning game is given. Here, in the embodiment, as a symbol combination per special symbol, a symbol combination (for example, “222”, “777”, etc.) in which the same decorative drawing is fixed and displayed at the effective stop position 300 of each symbol row is set. ing. The symbol combination that can recognize the special symbol per unit becomes the special symbol per unit displayed on the effect display unit 17, and the special winning unit 36 is opened and closed under an opening / closing operation condition advantageous to the player after the end of the symbol variation effect. A winning game is awarded. On the other hand, when even one of the symbols in all rows displayed in a fixed stop display at the effective stop position 300 of the effect display unit 17 is of a different type, the symbol combination (for example, “123”, “734”, “171”, etc. From the above, it can be recognized that, in principle, the game is “out of play” where no winning game is given. The symbol combination of the decorative drawing that can recognize the detachment becomes the detachment display of the effect display unit 17.

  Further, in the symbol variation effect, the same decorative drawing is stopped and displayed in a specific symbol row (in the embodiment, the left symbol row L and the right symbol row R) among a plurality of symbol rows, and the remaining symbol rows (implemented) In the example, the middle symbol row C) is displayed in a variably displayed state (reach display), so that the player can recognize that the reach has occurred. A specific example of reach display is a symbol combination (“1 ↓ 1”, “4 ↓ 4”, etc.) in which the same decorative drawing is stopped and displayed in the left symbol row L and the right symbol row R. In addition, “↓” indicates that it is changing. In addition, the decorations of the specific symbol rows (left symbol row L and right symbol row R) that form the reach display are temporarily stopped, and the decoration symbols are stopped in the remaining symbol rows (middle symbol row C). After the display (temporary stop display), the decorations of all the symbol sequences are displayed in a fixed stop display.

  The effect display unit 17 displays a symbol combination of decorations corresponding to the displayed special figure as a result of the special figure variation display on the first special figure display unit 50A and the second special figure display unit 50B. That is, the special figure displayed on the first special figure display part 50A and the second special figure display part 50B and the symbol combination of the decorative picture displayed on the effect display part 17 correspond to each other, and the symbol variation effect is provided. When the process is completed, the special figure is confirmed and stopped on the first special figure display unit 50A and the second special figure display unit 50B, and the decoration figure is confirmed and stopped on each of the symbol rows L, C, and R of the effect display unit 17. It is like that. In addition, the symbol combination of the decoration figure with respect to a special symbol is not necessarily one-to-one, and the symbol combination by one decoration figure is selected from among the symbol combinations by a plurality of decoration figures for one special symbol. Yes.

  The effect display unit 17 displays an arbitrary image in which the images of the respective layers are superimposed by displaying a plurality of layers (layers) capable of displaying an image based on the control of the display control board 70. Configured to get. In other words, an image to be displayed is divided into a plurality of layers and displayed in a stacked manner, and an image that the player wants to view is displayed on the front side of the opaque layer that displays the background and the like, and an image that the player does not want to view Can be displayed on the display unit 17a so that only the image that the player wants to visually recognize is displayed. In the image processing using such a layer, the image displayed on the back layer of the opaque layer is invisible to the player, and therefore is not executed for the player. It becomes a state equivalent to not. Then, the effect display unit 17 displays or visually displays a symbol display effect, a notification display of an operation form of the operation handle 16 described later, and an error display (error notification) by a layer process so as to be visible to a player or a store clerk. It is arbitrarily possible to make it impossible.

(About probabilistic state)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has a function of giving the first privilege gaming state as a gaming state advantageous to the player after the winning game is finished. Here, the first privilege gaming state is a state where the winning chance of the pachinko ball to the special prize opening 36a is increased as compared with a state where the first privilege gaming state is not given. Specifically, in the first privilege gaming state, the chance of winning a pachinko ball to the special winning opening 36a can be increased by changing the probability of winning the determination per special figure from low probability to high probability. In the following description, the first privilege gaming state is referred to as a “probable change state” for convenience.

  Here, as described later, when the probability variation state is given after the winning game is finished, “1” is set to the probability variation flag set in the storage area of the main control RAM 60c, and the probability variation state is not imparted. The probability variation flag is set to “0”. The probability variation count is set in a probability variation count counter set in the storage area of the main control RAM 60c, and the value of the counter is decremented by 1 for each symbol variation effect (for each special diagram variation display), and is set to “0”. When it becomes, the probability variation flag is set to “0”.

(About variable state)
In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has a function of giving a second privilege gaming state (second gaming state) as a gaming state advantageous to the player after the winning game ends. Here, as a 2nd privilege game state, the winning opportunity of the pachinko ball to the said 2nd start winning opening 28a increases compared with the state (1st game state) where the said 2nd privilege game state is not provided. It is easy to win (becomes easy to win). Specifically, in the 2nd award gaming state, (1) shortening the fluctuation time of the normal map change display, (2) changing the probability per base map from low probability to high probability, (3) once per base map By increasing the opening time of the start opening / closing member 29 that opens the second start winning opening 28a, the chance of winning a pachinko ball to the second starting winning opening 28a can be increased. In the second privilege gaming state, the above (1) to (3) can be used alone or in combination. In addition, when increasing the opening time of the start opening / closing member 29 for opening the second start winning opening 28a for one time per figure, it may be realized by simply extending the opening time of the starting opening / closing member 29. This can be realized by increasing the number of times the start opening / closing member 29 is opened, or these may be combined. In the embodiment, the second privilege gaming state is referred to as a shortened state, and the shortened state in the embodiment is set by combining the above (1) to (3). In addition, a state where the variable state is not assigned is referred to as a non-variable state. That is, the variable state of the embodiment is a specific gaming state in which the second start winning portion 28 is opened and closed under an opening / closing control condition advantageous to the player. Note that, in the embodiment, the interval between the normal map being displayed in a fixed stop state and the next normal map change (the normal map change interval) is set to 500 ms.

  In the embodiment, it is configured to determine whether or not the variable state is given after the game according to the game state at the time of winning the special figure determination and the type of special figure (Special Figure 1 or Special Figure 2). Has been. In other words, as a grant condition for granting a variable state (specific game state), the combination of the game state and the type of symbol per special figure (per game) at the time of winning the judgment per special figure is a symbol per special figure (per game) It is determined every time, and when one of the granting conditions is satisfied, the variable state is given after the winning game. That is, it is configured such that the number of times of change (number of times of change) as an application period for applying the change state is determined for each application condition of the change state that is established. In addition, the combination of the game state and the symbols per special figure (per game), and the number of times of change for each grant condition will be described in relation to the description of the per game described later. .

  Here, as described later, when the variable state is given after the end of the hit game, “1” is set to the variable flag set in the storage area of the main control RAM 60c and the variable state is given. If not, the variable flag is set to “0”. Further, the number of times of change is set in a change number of times counter set in the storage area of the main control RAM 60c, and the value of the counter is decremented by 1 for each symbol change effect (for each special figure change display). "", The variable flag is set to "0".

(About per game)
Next, the winning game given by the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment will be described. The winning game is given as a result of the special symbol variation display after the special symbol per symbol is confirmed and stopped on the first special symbol display unit 50A or the second special symbol display unit 50B (after completion of the symbol variation effect). The special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is opened / closed according to the type of winning game (design per special figure) selected. As shown in FIG. 14, the winning game is started after the special symbol display parts 50A and 50B are stopped and displayed as a result of the special symbol variation display, and an opening effect indicating the start of the winning game is executed. Opening time (start waiting time), round game repeated after the opening time has passed by the specified number of rounds across the interval time between rounds, and ending time (end waiting) Time). That is, the winning game is set such that a round game is performed in which the special opening / closing member 37 is opened / closed after the opening time for holding the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 closed. In the winning game, after the final round game in which the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is opened / closed, an ending time for holding the special opening / closing member 37 in a closed state is set. The prescribed number of rounds in the embodiment is set to two round games, but is not limited to this and can be set as appropriate. In each figure, “OP” indicates the opening time, “1R” and “2R” indicate the corresponding round games, “INT” indicates the interval time between rounds, and “EN” indicates the ending time. ing.

  In addition, one round game ends when a specified number (for example, 8) of pachinko balls wins a special winning opening 36a or when a specified time (round game time) elapses from the start of each round game. To do. During the interval time between rounds, the special opening / closing member 37 is held in a closed state. The main control CPU 60a sets “1” in the hit grant flag in the main control RAM 60c with the start of the hit game, and “0” in the hit grant flag with the end of the hit game (elapse of the ending time). Is configured so that a winning game can be recognized by referring to a winning grant flag.

  Here, the opening operation of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 in each round game of the winning game is performed under the condition that the pachinko balls are continuously fired at a predetermined firing interval (0.6 seconds interval in the embodiment). A long-time opening operation in which a specified number of pachinko balls determined for a round game continue to be opened in a single opening operation (operation from opening to closing), and the long-time opening operation. The special opening / closing member 37 can be configured by any one of the short-time opening operations in which the opening time is set to be shorter, or by appropriately combining the long-time opening operation and the short-time opening operation. The short-time release operation is set to a time (for example, 40 milliseconds) in which the winning of the pachinko ball is substantially impossible in one release operation under the condition that the pachinko ball is continuously fired at a predetermined launch interval. Or, even if it is the opening time in which the pachinko balls can win, the predetermined number of pachinko balls can be set to a time (for example, 1 second) that is virtually impossible. In the embodiment, each round game is set to perform only a long time opening operation or a short time opening operation. It is also possible to set the long-time opening operation and the short-time opening operation to be performed a plurality of times in one round game.

(About the types of hit games)
In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, when winning per special figure determination is won, one winning game is determined from a plurality of types of winning games having different values to be given to the player, and the determination is made. A winning game is awarded. Here, of the multiple types of winning games, which winning game is given depends on the type of special symbol (Special Fig. 1 and Special Fig. 2) determined when winning the special symbol judgment. Is to be determined based on. In the embodiment, the special figure 1 as 100 kinds of special symbols that can be displayed on the first special figure display unit 50A is symbol A, symbol B, symbol C, symbol D, symbol E, symbol F, symbol G, symbol. H and symbols I are classified into nine groups, and a winning game according to the symbols per special symbol displayed on the first special symbol display unit 50A is displayed. Similarly, in the embodiment, special figure 2 as 100 kinds of special symbols that can be displayed on second special symbol display unit 50B is symbol a, symbol b, symbol c, symbol d, symbol e, symbol f, symbol. The game is classified into nine groups of g, symbol h, and symbol i, and a winning game is given according to the symbol per special symbol displayed on the second special symbol display unit 50B. Here, Special Figure 1 as 100 types of special symbols is one type for symbol A, three types for symbol B, three types for symbol C, three types for symbol D, 17 types for symbol E, and symbol F for symbol F. There are 3 types, 20 types for symbol G, 25 types for symbol H, and 25 types for symbol I. In addition, special figure 2 as 100 kinds of special symbols is one type for symbol a, three types for symbol b, three types for symbol c, three types for symbol d, 17 types for symbol e, and three types for symbol f. There are 20 types, 20 types for symbol g, 25 types for symbol h, and 25 types for symbol i.

(About winning games based on the first special figure start hold information)
When the determination result of the special figure determination based on the first special figure start hold information (pachinko ball winning to the first start winning opening 27a) is affirmative determination, the main control CPU 60a It is set to determine one symbol per special symbol from among the symbols per special symbol. Specifically, in the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3 (a), nine types of symbols (symbols) are based on the special symbol determining random number acquired when the pachinko ball wins the first start winning opening 27a. A symbol per special symbol is determined from A to I). In the pachinko machine of the embodiment, when the determination result of the special symbol determination based on the first special graphic start hold information is affirmative determination, the symbol A as the special symbol is selected at a rate of 1%, and 3% Symbol B as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate, symbol C as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate of 3%, symbol D as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate of 3%, and 17% The symbol E as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate of 3%, the symbol F as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate of 3%, the symbol G as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate of 20%, 25 The symbol H determination value is assigned so that the symbol H as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate of%, and the symbol I as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate of 25%. In addition, the allocation ratio of the symbol per special figure mentioned above is an example, and is not limited to this.

(About the common part of the first to ninth hit games)
Regarding the first to ninth winning games (the first type per game) based on the first special figure start hold information shown in FIG. 3A, first the common parts will be explained, and the different parts in each winning game Will be described separately. The first winning game corresponding to the symbol A, the second winning game corresponding to the symbol B, the third winning game corresponding to the symbol C, the fourth winning game corresponding to the symbol D, the symbol A fifth winning game corresponding to E, a sixth winning game corresponding to the symbol F, a seventh winning game corresponding to the symbol G, an eighth winning game corresponding to the symbol H, and the symbol I When the main control CPU 60a determines the first to ninth winning games, the corresponding ninth winning game is given a probable state and a variable state after the first to ninth winning games are finished. It is set as a hit game that may be In the embodiment, the first to ninth winning games are game states (non-probability change state, probability change state, non-change state) when the first to ninth win games (symbol A to symbol I) are determined. 65, the probability variation state is set to be given regardless of the variation state.

  The first to ninth winning games in the embodiment are the gaming states (non-probability changing state, probability changing state, non-changing state) at the time when the first to ninth winning games (symbol A to symbol I) are determined. Regardless of the state or variable state), the special winning opening 36a of the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed in the same opening and closing manner. Specifically, the first to ninth winning games are winning games in which the prescribed number of rounds is set to “2”, and the upper limit number of winnings in each round game is set to “8”. . In the first to ninth winning games, the opening / closing control condition (first opening / closing control condition) of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is “0.04 (seconds) as the round game time of the first round game. ) ”Is set, and in the round game of the first round, the special opening and closing member 37 is opened for a maximum of“ 0.04 (seconds) ”(short-time opening operation) and the second round “25.0 (seconds)” is set as the round game time of the game, and in the second round game, the special opening / closing member 37 is released for a maximum of “25.0 (seconds)” (long) Time release operation). In other words, the round game time (0.04 (seconds)) of the first round in the first to ninth winning games is the upper limit for the number of pachinko balls to be won in the special prize opening 36a in one round game. The time is set so as not to satisfy the number. The interval time between rounds in the first to ninth winning games is set to “2.0 (seconds)”. In addition, as described later, the first to ninth winning games are provided with a variable state grant period (variable) that can be granted according to the gaming state (whether or not it is a variable state) at the time of determination per special figure. (Short number of times) is defined as any one of a plurality of periods (0, 1, 5, 65 in the embodiment), and the advantage associated with the provision of the variable state varies depending on the established grant condition. It is configured. In other words, when the variable state is given in response to winning in the first start winning part 27, the granting period of the variable state is different depending on the grant condition established for each winning game. In other words, the first to ninth winning games that can be given by the special figure determination based on the first special figure start hold information are special in the time when the pachinko ball winning is virtually impossible in a predetermined round game. The special opening / closing member 37 of the winning portion 36 is controlled to perform a short opening operation.

(About the first hit game)
The first winning game corresponding to the symbol A is changed after the first winning game regardless of the gaming state (the non-variable state and the variable state) when the symbol A (first winning game) is determined. It is set so that the short state is given. That is, the determination that the symbol A (first winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-variable state or the variable state is set as the variable condition granting condition. The grant period (number of times of change) given along with the establishment of the condition is set to 65 times.

(About the second and third winning games)
The second and third winning games corresponding to the symbol B and the symbol C are the variable states given when the symbol B (second winning game) and the symbol C (third winning game) are determined. The grant period is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time when symbol B (second winning game) and symbol C (third winning game) are determined. Yes. Specifically, it is determined that one of the symbol B (second winning game) and the symbol C (third winning game) is determined in accordance with the special symbol determination performed when the gaming state is not changed. It is set as a short state grant condition, and 25 times is set as a grant state grant period (number of times of change) given when the grant condition is satisfied. In addition, it is determined that either symbol B (second winning game) or symbol C (third winning game) is determined in accordance with the special symbol determination performed when the gaming state is variable. 65 times is set as the granting period (number of times of change) of the variable state that is set as the grant condition and is given when the grant condition is satisfied.

(About the 4th hit game)
The fourth winning game corresponding to the symbol D is determined by the symbol D (fourth winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol D (fourth winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol D (the fourth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the game state is in the non-variable state is set as the variable condition grant condition. 25 is set as an application period (number of times of change) of the variable state that is provided with establishment. In addition, the determination that the symbol D (the fourth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed in the game state in the variable state is set as the variable state grant condition, and as the grant condition is satisfied 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied. In addition, the fourth winning game is determined as the winning game among the second to fourth winning games in which 25 times are set as the number of times of change when winning per special figure in the non-changeable state. The game is set as the winning game with the shortest ending time when the game state at the time is the non-variable state. In other words, the second and third winning games are the winning games among the second to fourth winning games in which 25 times are set as the number of times of change when the winning is per special figure in the non-changed state. When the game state at the time when is determined is the non-changeable state, the ending time is set as the longest hit game.

(About the fifth hit game)
The fifth winning game corresponding to the symbol E is determined by the symbol E (the fifth winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol E (the fifth winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol E (fifth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-variable state is set as the variable condition granting condition. Five times are set as an application period (number of times of change) of the variable state that is provided with establishment. In addition, the determination that the symbol E (the fifth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination that is performed when the gaming state is in the variable state is set as the variable condition grant condition, and as the grant condition is satisfied 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied.

(About the 6th hit game)
The sixth winning game corresponding to the symbol F is determined by the symbol F (six winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol F (six winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol F (sixth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-changing state is set as the changing condition granting condition. Five times are set as an application period (number of times of change) of the variable state that is provided with establishment. In addition, it is set as a condition for granting the variable state that the symbol F (sixth hit game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the game state is in the variable state. 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied.

(About 7th per game)
The seventh winning game corresponding to the symbol G is determined by the symbol G (seventh winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol G (seventh winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol G (seventh winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-changing state is set as the changing condition granting condition. One is set as the granting period (number of times of alteration) of the variable state given with establishment. In addition, the determination that the symbol G (seventh winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is in the variable state is set as the variable state granting condition. 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied.

(About the 8th hit game)
The eighth winning game corresponding to the symbol H is determined by the symbol H (eighth winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol H (eighth winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol H (eighth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-changing state is set as the changing condition granting condition. 0 is set as an application period (number of times of change) of the change state that is provided with establishment. In addition, the determination that the symbol H (eighth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is in the variable state is set as the variable state granting condition. 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied. That is, the eighth winning game is set as a winning game that does not give the variable state when the gaming state at the time when the eighth winning game is determined is the non-variable state.

(About the 9th hit game)
The ninth winning game corresponding to the symbol I is determined by the symbol I (the ninth winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol I (the ninth winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, specifically, the determination that the symbol I (the ninth winning game) is determined in accordance with the determination of the special figure performed when the gaming state is in the non-changing state is set as a condition for giving the changing state, 0 is set as the granting period (number of times of alteration) of the variable state that is provided when the provision condition is satisfied. In addition, it is set as a variable condition grant condition that the symbol I (the ninth hit game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the game state is the variable state. 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied. That is, the ninth winning game is a winning game that does not give a variable state when the game state at the time when the ninth winning game is determined is the non-variable state, similarly to the eighth winning game. Is set as

(About winning games based on the 2nd special figure start hold information)
When the determination result of the special figure determination based on the second special figure start suspension information (pachinko ball winning to the second start winning opening 28a) is affirmative determination, the main control CPU 60a has a plurality of predetermined types. It is set to determine one symbol per special symbol from among the symbols per special symbol. Specifically, in the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3 (b), nine types of symbols (symbols) are based on the special symbol determining random number acquired when the pachinko ball wins the second start winning port 28a. A symbol per special symbol is determined from a to symbol i). In the pachinko machine of the embodiment, when the determination result of the special symbol determination based on the second special graphic start hold information is affirmative determination, the symbol a as the special symbol is selected at a rate of 1%, and 3% The symbol b as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate, the symbol c as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate of 3%, the symbol d as a symbol per special symbol is selected at a rate of 3%, and 17% The symbol e as the symbol per special symbol is selected at the rate of 3%, the symbol f as the symbol per special symbol is selected at the rate of 3%, the symbol g as the symbol per special symbol is selected at the rate of 20%, 25 The symbol h determination symbol is assigned so that the symbol h as a symbol per symbol is selected at a rate of%, and the symbol i as a symbol per symbol is selected at a rate of 25%. In addition, the allocation ratio of the symbol per special figure mentioned above is an example, and is not limited to this.

(About common parts of 10th to 18th win games)
Regarding the tenth win game to the eighteenth win game based on the second special figure start hold information shown in FIG. 3 (b), the common parts will be described first, and the different parts in each win game will be described individually. The tenth winning game corresponding to the symbol a, the eleventh winning game corresponding to the symbol b, the twelfth winning game corresponding to the symbol c, the thirteenth winning game corresponding to the symbol d, and the symbol a 14th winning game corresponding to e, a 15th winning game corresponding to the symbol f, a 16th winning game corresponding to the symbol g, a 17th winning game corresponding to the symbol h, and the symbol i When the main control CPU 60a determines the tenth to eighteenth winning games, the corresponding eighteenth winning game is given a probabilistic state and a variable state after the tenth to eighteenth winning games are finished. It is set as a hit game that may be In the embodiment, the tenth to eighteenth winning games are game states (non-probability change state, probability change state, non-change state) when the tenth to eighteenth win games (symbol a to symbol i) are determined. 65, the probability variation state is set to be given regardless of the variation state.

  The tenth to eighteenth win games in the embodiment are the game states (non-probability change state, probability change state, non-change time) when the tenth to eighteenth win games (symbol a to symbol i) are determined. Regardless of the state or variable state), the special winning opening 36a of the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed in the same opening and closing manner. Specifically, the tenth to eighteenth winning games are winning games in which the prescribed number of rounds is set to “2”, and the upper limit number of winnings in each round game is set to “8”. . In the tenth to eighteenth win games, the open / close control condition of the special open / close member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is set to “25.0 (seconds)” as the round game time of each round game. In FIG. 5, the special opening / closing member 37 is opened for a long time of "25.0 (seconds)" (long-time opening operation). In addition, the interval time between rounds in the tenth to eighteenth winning games is set to “2.0 (seconds)”. In addition, as will be described later, the tenth to eighteenth winning games may be given a change state (change state) that can be given according to the game state (whether or not it is a change state) at the time when the special figure determination is performed. (Short number of times) is defined as any one of a plurality of periods (0, 1, 5, 65 in the embodiment), and the advantage associated with the provision of the variable state varies depending on the established grant condition. It is configured. In other words, when the variable state is given in response to a winning at the second start winning part 28, the granting period of the variable state varies depending on the grant condition established for each winning game. Thus, in the embodiment, the tenth to eighteenth win games (games per second type) that can be given in response to the judgment per special figure based on the second special figure start hold information are the prescribed number in each round game. The special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is controlled to perform the opening operation for a long time during which the pachinko ball of the special winning portion 36 can be opened for the time that can be won.

(About 10th hit game)
The tenth winning game corresponding to the symbol a is changed after the tenth winning game regardless of the gaming state (the non-variable state and the variable state) when the symbol a (the tenth winning game) is determined. It is set so that the short state is given. That is, the determination that the symbol a (the tenth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the game state is the non-change state or the change state is set as the change condition grant condition. The grant period (number of times of change) given along with the establishment of the condition is set to 65 times.

(About 11th and 12th win games)
The eleventh and twelfth winning games corresponding to the symbols b and c are the variable states given when the symbol b (the eleventh winning game) and the symbol c (the twelfth winning game) are determined. The grant period is set to be different depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) when the symbol b (the eleventh winning game) and the symbol c (the twelfth winning game) are determined. Yes. Specifically, it is determined that one of the symbols b (11th winning game) and c (12th winning game) is determined in accordance with the special symbol determination performed in the non-variable game state. It is set as a short state grant condition, and 25 times is set as a grant state grant period (number of times of change) given when the grant condition is satisfied. In addition, it is determined that either symbol b (eleventh winning game) or symbol c (twelfth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special symbol determination performed when the gaming state is in the variable state. 65 times is set as the granting period (number of times of change) of the variable state that is set as the grant condition and is given when the grant condition is satisfied.

(About the 13th hit game)
The thirteenth winning game corresponding to the symbol d is determined by the symbol d (the thirteenth winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol d (the thirteenth winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol d (the thirteenth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-changing state is set as the changing condition granting condition. 25 is set as an application period (number of times of change) of the variable state that is provided with establishment. In addition, the determination that the symbol d (the thirteenth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the game state is in the variable state is set as the variable state grant condition, and as the grant condition is satisfied 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied.

(About the 14th hit game)
The 14th winning game corresponding to the symbol e is determined by the symbol e (the 14th winning game) for the grant period of the variable state given when the symbol e (the 14th winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol e (14th hit game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed in the non-changed gaming state is set as the changing condition granting condition. Five times are set as an application period (number of times of change) of the variable state that is provided with establishment. In addition, the determination that the symbol e (the 14th winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination that is performed when the gaming state is in the variable state is set as the variable state granting condition. 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied.

(About 15th per game)
The fifteenth winning game corresponding to the symbol f is determined by the symbol f (fifteenth winning game) for the grant period of the variable state given when the symbol f (fifteenth winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol f (fifteenth winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-variable state is set as the variable condition granting condition. Five times are set as an application period (number of times of change) of the variable state that is provided with establishment. In addition, the determination that the symbol f (the 15th winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is in the variable state is set as the variable state granting condition, and with the establishment of the granting condition 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied.

(About 16th hit game)
The sixteenth winning game corresponding to the symbol g is determined by the symbol g (the sixteenth winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol g (the sixteenth winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol g (the 16th winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-changing state is set as the changing condition granting condition. One is set as the granting period (number of times of alteration) of the variable state given with establishment. Also, the determination that the symbol g (the 16th winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is in the variable state is set as the variable state granting condition, and with the establishment of the granting condition 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied.

(About the 17th hit game)
The 17th winning game corresponding to the symbol h is determined by the symbol h (the 17th winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol h (the 17th winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol h (the 17th winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-changing state is set as the changing condition granting condition. 0 is set as an application period (number of times of change) of the change state that is provided with establishment. In addition, the determination that the symbol h (the 17th winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination that is performed when the gaming state is in the variable state is set as the variable state granting condition. 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied. That is, the seventeenth winning game is set as a winning game that does not give the variable state when the gaming state at the time when the seventeenth winning game is determined is the non-variable state.

(About the 18th hit game)
The 18th winning game corresponding to the symbol i is determined by the symbol i (18th winning game) for the granting period of the variable state given when the symbol i (18th winning game) is determined. It is set differently depending on the gaming state (non-variable state and variable state) at the time of being played. Specifically, the determination that the symbol i (the 18th winning game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is the non-variable state is set as the variable condition granting condition. 0 is set as an application period (number of times of change) of the change state that is provided with establishment. In addition, it is set as a condition for granting the variable state that the symbol i (the 18th hit game) is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the game state is the variable state. 65 is set as the application period (number of times of change) of the change state to be applied. That is, the 18th winning game is a winning game that does not give a variable state when the gaming state at the time when the 18th winning game is determined is the non-variable state, like the seventeenth winning game. Is set as

  As described above, the tenth to eighteenth winning games based on the second special figure start holding information can be obtained compared to the first to ninth winning games based on the first special figure start holding information. It is set as a per game that is advantageous in terms of number (large profits that can be acquired) Therefore, in the variable state in which the chance of winning the pachinko ball to the second start winning portion 28 is improved, the game is played in the right-handed game where the pachinko ball is more likely to win the second start winning portion 28 than in the left-handed game. As described above, when the player operates the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode, the player can obtain more profits. On the other hand, when the pachinko ball winning opportunity to the second starting winning portion 28 is low, the left-handed game in which the pachinko ball is more likely to win the first starting winning portion 27 than the right-handed game is played. As described above, the player can operate the operation handle 16 in the left-handed operation mode, thereby increasing the profit that the player can obtain. That is, in the pachinko machine according to the embodiment, depending on whether the gaming state is the non-changed state or the changed state, the player selects either the left-handed game or the right-handed game, and the operation handle 16 is left-handed. Alternatively, the winning portion where the pachinko ball can win can be switched by actively switching to the right-handed operation mode. Further, by providing the special winning portion 36 in the second ball falling area 21b, the player actively switches the operation handle 16 to the right-handed operation mode in accordance with the occurrence of the winning game, so that the pachinko ball Can be awarded to the special prize winning section 36.

(Control configuration of pachinko machine)
Next, the control configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. As shown in FIG. 9, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment includes a main control board (main control means) 60 that controls the pachinko machine 10 as a whole and outputs a control signal, and a control signal from the main control board 60. And sub-control boards (sub-control means) 65 and 70 for controlling each control object based on the above. That is, in the main control board 60, various processes are executed based on detection signals from various detection sensors (detection means) provided in the pachinko machine 10, and various control signals (control commands) corresponding to the processing results are sent. The sub-control boards 65 and 70 are configured to output to the sub-control boards 65 and 70, and the sub-control boards 65 and 70 are configured to execute control related to effects based on a control signal from the main control board 60.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment includes, as sub-control boards, an effect control board 65 that controls overall game effects, a display control board 70 that controls display contents on the effect display unit 17, and the pachinko machine 10. Are provided with a lamp control board 72 that performs light emission control of light emission effecting means such as various lamp devices 18 and notification lamps, and a sound control board 73 that performs sound output control of the speaker 19 provided in the pachinko machine 10. That is, the presentation control board 65 is configured to control the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73 based on a control signal (control command) output from the main control board 60, and the pachinko machine Various game effects (design variation effects, light emission effects, and sound effects) executed at 10 can be comprehensively controlled. Here, the display control board 70 displays a design variation effect such as a decoration (design) or background image displayed on the effect display unit 17 based on a control signal (control command) output from the effect control board 65. The system is configured to control notification display of contents and an operation form of the operation handle 16 described later. In addition, the lamp control board 72 is configured to turn on / off timings of various light emission presentation means (the lamp device 18 and the notification lamp) included in the pachinko machine 10 based on a control signal (control command) output from the presentation control board 65. It controls light emission modes such as emission intensity, emission position and emission color. The sound control board 73 controls the timing of audio output from the various speakers 19 provided in the pachinko machine 10, the output content, and the like based on the control signal (control command) output from the effect control board 65. That is, the light emitters of the notification units 101, 102, and 103 included in the operation mode notification unit 100 described later are controlled to emit light by the lamp control board 72 based on the control signal (control command) output from the effect control board 65, The effect control CPU 65 a included in the effect control board 65 functions as a notification control unit that performs control processing related to notification by the operation mode notification unit 100.

(Main control board 60)
As shown in FIG. 9, the main control board 60 includes a main control CPU (game control processing means) 60a for executing control processing, a main control ROM 60b for storing a control program executed by the main control CPU 60a, and the main control CPU 60a. A main control RAM 60c capable of writing / reading data necessary for processing is provided. Various sensors such as the start winning detection sensors 31 and 32, the special winning detection sensor 40, the gate sensors 42 and 44, the vibration detection sensor 200, and the magnetic detection sensor 202 are connected to the main control CPU 60a. Further, the main control CPU 60a has first and second special figure display parts 50A and 50B, first and second special figure hold display parts 52 and 53, a general figure display part 55, a general figure hold display part 56, a round display. Each display unit 50A is connected to each display unit, such as the unit 57 and the right-handed display unit 59, based on the control processing executed by the main control CPU 60a triggered by the detection of each detection sensor 31, 32, 42, 44. , 50B, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 59 display control is executed. Further, the main control CPU 60a is connected to solenoids 30 and 38 provided in the second start winning portion 28 and the special winning portion 36, and each solenoid 30, based on the control processing result in the main control CPU 60a. The corresponding opening and closing members 29 and 37 are opened and closed by driving 38. Then, the main control CPU 60a drives and controls the special winning solenoid 38 so that the special opening / closing member 37 is opened / closed in an opening / closing manner according to the type of winning game, and the long-time opening control for causing the special opening / closing member 37 to open for a long time. The special opening / closing member 37 is configured to perform a short-time opening control for performing a short-time opening operation.

(About the winning information that accompanies the starting prize section)
The main control CPU 60a wins a pachinko ball to the first start winning portion 27 or the second start winning portion 28 (more specifically, the pachinko ball is detected by the first start winning detection sensor 31 or the second start winning detection sensor 32). ) Is set to acquire a random number for determination as winning information when the start condition is satisfied. Here, as random numbers for determination (winning information) acquired by the main control CPU 60a, various random numbers such as random numbers for determination per special figure, random numbers for special figure determination, and random numbers for special pattern variation pattern distribution are set. Then, the main control CPU 60a updates these values at a predetermined cycle (4 ms in the embodiment), temporarily stores the updated values in the main control RAM 60c, and rewrites the values before the update. A determination random number corresponding to the timing at which the detection signals of the second start winning detection sensors 31, 32 are input to the main control CPU 60a is acquired. Further, the main control CPU 60a executes a timer update process for measuring time. The main control RAM 60c stores (sets) various pieces of information (random values, timer values, flags, etc.) that are appropriately rewritten during the operation of the pachinko machine 10.

  Also, the winning information (various random values) acquired when the pachinko ball wins the first starting winning portion 27 or the second starting winning portion 28 is the corresponding first special figure start hold information and second special figure. The start hold information is temporarily stored and held in a predetermined start hold area (storage area) of the main control RAM 60c. The first special figure start hold information and the second special figure start hold information have a start hold area to be stored in the order in which they are stored in the main control RAM 60c. When executing (variable display), the special control start suspension information is read out by the main control CPU 60a in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c. In the embodiment, the first special figure start hold information or the second special figure start hold information is individually stored in the main control RAM 60c so as to be distinguishable, and the second special figure start hold information is stored in the main control RAM 60c. The main control CPU 60a reads either the first special figure start hold information or the second special figure start hold information in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c, and executes the determination per special figure in the storage order. Has been.

  The special figure per-determination random number is a random number used in special figure per-judgment (hit determination) as to whether or not a win game (win game) is generated as a result of the special figure change display (design fluctuation effect). Further, the special figure determination random number is either a special figure 1 to be confirmed and stopped on the first special figure display unit 50A or a special figure 2 to be confirmed and stopped on the second special figure display unit 50B according to the result of the determination per special figure. It is a random number used when making a decision. Here, in the embodiment, all 100 integer values from “0” to “99” are set as the special figure determination random numbers, and are updated one by one at a predetermined cycle (4 ms). Yes. Each value of the special figure determination random number is set with a random number corresponding to one type of special figure display indicating the above-mentioned deviation and a random number corresponding to 100 types of special figure display indicating winning per special figure. The special figure determining random number value specifies the special figure 1 displayed on the first special figure display unit 50A and stopped on the second special figure display unit 50B. It has become. That is, the special figure 1 that is fixedly stopped and displayed on the first special figure display unit 50A is specified by the value of the special figure determination random number acquired by the detection of the first start prize detection sensor 31, and the second starting prize is determined. Based on the value of the special figure determination random number acquired in response to the detection of the detection sensor 32, the special figure 2 to be confirmed and stopped on the second special figure display unit 50B is specified. That is, the special figure that is fixedly stopped and displayed on the first special figure display unit 50A by the value of the special figure determination random number acquired when the first start winning detection sensor 31 is detected (the first start condition is satisfied). 1 is specified, and is fixedly stopped and displayed on the second special figure display unit 50B by the value of the special figure determination random number acquired in response to the detection of the second start winning detection sensor 32 (establishment of the second start condition). Special figure 2 is identified. Further, as described above, the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 as the symbols per special figure are classified according to the type of the winning game, and the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 is specified, so that the special figure is identified. The type of winning game given after the end of the change display (design change effect) is specified. That is, the special figure determining random number has a function as a random number for determining the type of winning game (winning game). In addition, as described above, there is a possibility that a probability variation state and a shortage state will be given after a hit game for each type of hit game, and whether the special figure determination random number will give a probability variation state and a shortage state. It also has a function as a random number for determining whether or not.

  The special figure fluctuation pattern distribution random number is a special figure fluctuation display executed between the start of the first special figure fluctuation display or the second special figure fluctuation display and the final stop display (design fluctuation effect). And a random number used when determining one special figure fluctuation pattern from a plurality of special figure fluctuation patterns (fluctuation patterns) for specifying the fluctuation time of the special figure fluctuation display (design fluctuation effect).

  In the pachinko machine of the embodiment, the pachinko ball won in the first starting winning port 27a or the second starting winning port 28a for the special figure determination random number, the special figure determining random number, and the special figure variation pattern distribution random number. (Specifically, each random number stored temporarily in the main control RAM 60c at the same timing, triggered by the fact that the first start winning detection sensor 31 or the second start winning detection sensor 32 has detected a pachinko ball) The main control CPU 60a acquires the information. Each random number acquired when the pachinko ball wins the first start winning opening 27a is the same as each random number acquired when the pachinko ball wins the second start winning opening 28a. Are used in common, and the main control CPU 60a acquires random numbers corresponding to the winning timings to the start winning ports 27a and 28a.

(About judgment values related to judgment per special figure)
On the other hand, the main control ROM 60b stores a special figure determination value indicating that a special figure hit is generated as a result of the special figure change display (design fluctuation effect). The determination value per special figure is a determination value used for determining whether or not the special figure per unit using the special figure determination random number (determination per special figure). Here, the determination value per special figure differs depending on whether or not the above-described probability variation state is given at the time of determination per special figure. Specifically, the number of determination values per special figure set in the probability variation state is set larger than the number of determination values per special figure set in the non-probability variation state. That is, by increasing the number of determination values per special figure in the probability variation state, big hits are likely to occur.

  The main control ROM 60b stores special figure determination values. The special figure determination value is displayed on the special figure 1 or the second special figure display unit 50B as the special figure symbol to be displayed on the first special figure display unit 50A when the result of the special figure determination is affirmative. This is a determination value for determining the special figure 2 as a symbol per special figure to be confirmed and stopped display using a special figure determining random number. In this embodiment, the special figure determination value is set to an integer value of “0” to “99” corresponding to the above-described 100 types of special figure determination random numbers. Special figure 1 and special figure 2 are associated with each value individually.

  In addition, the main control ROM 60b stores a normal figure hit determination value indicating that a normal figure hit is generated as a result of the normal figure change display. The determination value per universal figure is a determination value used for determining whether or not a normal map is used (determination per universal figure) using the random number for determination per universal figure. Here, the number of determination values set differs depending on whether or not the above-described shortage state is given at the time of determining the normal map. Specifically, the number of determination values per common figure set in the variable state is set to be larger than the number of determination values per general figure set in the non-variable state. In other words, by increasing the number of determination values per common map in the variable state, it is easy for the normal map to occur.

  Furthermore, the main control ROM 60b stores a plurality of types of special figure fluctuation patterns (fluctuation patterns) for specifying the fluctuation contents, and the special figure fluctuation pattern distribution determination value corresponding to each special figure fluctuation pattern. It is remembered. Here, the special figure variation pattern is a display content (display content of the design variation effect, which is executed between the start of the first special diagram variation display or the second special diagram variation display and the final stop display. The basic contents of the light emission effect mode and the sound effect mode) are specified. In addition, the special figure fluctuation pattern is the fluctuation time (special figure fluctuation display) from the start of the first special figure fluctuation display or the second special figure fluctuation display until the special figure 1 or special figure 2 is displayed in a fixed stop state. I have identified. Special figure fluctuation pattern distribution determination value is a determination value used for determining a special figure fluctuation pattern using the special figure fluctuation pattern distribution random number, and a predetermined determination value is assigned to each special figure fluctuation pattern. The special figure fluctuation pattern to which the special figure fluctuation pattern distribution determination value corresponding to the acquired special figure fluctuation pattern distribution random number is assigned is specified.

(About the opening judgment information accompanying winning a prize in the gate)
Further, the main control CPU 60a uses various random numbers as release determination information triggered by the pachinko balls passing through the gate portions 41 and 43 (more specifically, when the gate sensors 42 and 44 detect the pachinko balls). Is set to get. Here, as the random numbers acquired by the main control CPU 60a when the gate sensors 42 and 44 are detected, various random numbers such as a random number for determining a common figure are set. Then, the main control CPU 60a updates these random number values at a predetermined cycle (4 ms in the embodiment), temporarily stores the updated random number values in the main control RAM 60c, and rewrites the values before the update, thereby Random numbers are acquired according to the timing at which detection signals from the sensors 42 and 44 are input to the main control CPU 60a. Further, the main control CPU 60a executes a timer update process for measuring time. The main control RAM 60c stores (sets) various pieces of information (random values, timer values, flags, etc.) that are appropriately rewritten during the operation of the pachinko machine 10.

  In addition, opening determination information (various random values, entry information) acquired when the pachinko ball passes through the gate sensors 42 and 44 is a predetermined map storage area ( The storage area is temporarily stored and held. In the case where the general map storage area is stored in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c, and the general map display unit 55 executes the variable map display based on the general map start hold information. In the order stored in the main control RAM 60c, the general-purpose start suspension information is read out by the main control CPU 60a.

  The random number for determining the per-standard figure is a per-standard number that allows the pachinko ball to be awarded to the second start winning opening 28a by opening the start opening / closing member 29 of the second start winning part 28 as a result of the fluctuation of the normal figure ( This is a random number used in the normal figure judgment (ordinary hit judgment) for determining whether or not the normal hit. Further, the main control ROM 60b stores a normal figure hit determination value indicating that a normal figure hit is generated as a result of the normal figure change effect display. The determination value per universal figure is a determination value used for determining whether or not a normal map is used (determination per universal figure) using the random number for determination per universal figure. Then, when the acquired random number for the normal map coincides with the determination value for the normal map, the main control CPU 60a determines that it is the normal map and opens and closes the start opening / closing member 29 after the normal map change display is performed. It is like that. Here, the number of determination values set differs depending on whether or not the above-described shortage state is given at the time of determining the normal map. Specifically, the number of determination values per common figure set in the variable state is set to be larger than the number of determination values per general figure set in the non-variable state. That is, by increasing the number of determination values per common figure in the variable state, it is configured to make it easier to generate a general figure than in the non-change state. That is, the main control CPU 60a according to the embodiment has a function as an opening determination unit that allows the opening operation upon the detection of the gate sensors 42 and 44.

  The random number for determining the common figure is a symbol per symbol (design 1 per universal symbol, symbol 2 per universal symbol) to be confirmed and stopped on the general symbol display unit 55 when the determination per universal symbol is fixed. It is a random number used when making a decision. That is, according to the value of the random number for determining the customary figure acquired by the detection of the gate sensors 42 and 44, the symbol per common figure described above as a common figure that is fixedly stopped and displayed on the common figure display unit 55 in the case of a common figure. Is identified. In the case where the universal figure hit determination result is an outlier determination result, the normal figure off-line symbol is specified as a common figure to be confirmed and stopped on the universal figure display unit 55.

(About judgment values related to judgment per ordinary figure)
In the main control ROM 60b, a decision value for determining a normal map is stored. The determination value for determining the common figure is a symbol for the universal figure 1 to the universal figure 4 as a symbol for the universal figure to be confirmed and stopped by the universal figure display unit 55 when the result of the universal figure determination is affirmative. The determination value is determined using the common figure determination random number acquired when the pachinko spheres 42 and 44 are detected.

  Here, in each of the symbols per base figure, an opening pattern for opening and closing the start opening / closing member 29 is specified in accordance with the gaming state specified at the time of the base symbol determination. When the gaming state is the non-changeable state, an opening pattern is set in which 300 ms is released once regardless of the type of symbol per ordinary figure. In addition, when the gaming state is the non-variable short state, an opening pattern is set in which 1860 milliseconds of opening is repeated a plurality of times (for example, twice) for symbols 1 and 2 per symbol. ing. That is, the routine determining random number has a function as information for determining an opening pattern for operating the start opening / closing member 29.

  Further, the normal figure change time for which the normal figure change display is performed is set to be different in the normal figure display unit 55 according to the gaming state at the time when the normal hit determination is performed. Specifically, when the game state at the time when the base figure hit judgment is performed is set to 2000 milliseconds when the game state is in the non-variable state, the game state at the time point is in the variable state. The usual time fluctuation time is set to 240 milliseconds.

  That is, there is an opening / closing operation condition in which the main control CPU 60a opens / closes the start opening / closing member 29 of the second start winning portion 28 in accordance with the game state specified based on the game state specifying information (specifically, the variable flag). It is set to be different. Therefore, the ease of winning the pachinko ball with respect to the second start winning portion 28 changes according to the game state specified based on the game state specifying information. More specifically, in the embodiment, when the gaming state is the variable state, the winning probability of the determination per base figure is high, and the normal figure fluctuation display is performed, when the gaming state is the variable state. It is configured to be controlled by the main control CPU 60a so as to open the second start winning portion 28 under an opening / closing control condition advantageous for a player who finishes in a short time and opens the second start winning opening 28a for a long time. .

(About processing on the main control board)
Next, processing executed by the main control CPU 60a of the main control board 60 based on the control program will be described. The main control CPU 60a shifts to a state in which a game on the pachinko machine 10 is possible after executing an initial setting process such as a security check in accordance with power-on of the pachinko machine 10. In this state, normal processing is executed at a predetermined control cycle (every 4 ms). Here, in the normal process executed by the main control CPU 60a, a random number update process for updating various random numbers, a timer update process for measuring time, a command input / output process for inputting / outputting various commands, and a game information display unit M In addition to executing processing related to display contents, flag setting processing, winning game execution processing, etc., special drawing input processing related to winning in the starting unit and special drawing start processing related to special drawing hit determination are executed. It has become. Hereinafter, the special figure input process and the special figure start process will be specifically described.

(Special drawing input process)
In the special figure input process, as shown in FIG. 4, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the pachinko ball has won the first start winning port 27a of the first start winning unit 27 (step A11). That is, in step A11, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a detection signal output when the first start winning detection sensor 31 corresponding to the first start winning opening 27a detects a pachinko ball has been input. And when the determination result of step A11 is negative, it transfers to step A15. If the determination result of step A11 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the number of holds in the first special figure start hold information stored in the main control RAM 60c is less than the upper limit number of 4 ( Step A12). If the determination result of step A12 is negative (that is, the number of holds of the first special figure start hold information is 4), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to step A15.

  If the determination result in step A12 is affirmative (the number of the first special figure start hold information hold number <4), the number of the first special figure start hold information hold is incremented by 1, and the first special figure stored in the main control RAM 60c is stored. The number of holds in the figure start hold information is rewritten (step A13). Subsequently, the main control CPU 60a reads out the winning information (values of random numbers for determination per special figure, values of random numbers for determination of special figures and values of random numbers such as random numbers for distribution of special figure fluctuation patterns) from the main control RAM 60c, The winning information (random number value) is set as first special figure start hold information in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c associated with the hold number (step A14). Thereby, the process proceeds to step A15.

  In Step A15, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the pachinko ball has won the second start winning port 28a of the second start winning unit 28. That is, in step A15, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a detection signal output when the second start winning detection sensor 32 corresponding to the second start winning opening 28a detects a pachinko ball has been input. If the determination result in step A15 is negative, the special figure input process is terminated. If the determination result of step A15 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the number of holds in the second special figure start hold information stored in the main control RAM 60c is less than the upper limit number of 4 ( Step A16). If the determination result of step A16 is negative (that is, the number of holds in the second special figure start hold information is 4), the main control CPU 60a ends the special figure input process.

  If the determination result in step A16 is affirmative (the number of holdings of the second special figure starting hold information <4), the number of holdings of the second special figure starting holding information is incremented by 1, and the second special figure stored in the main control RAM 60c is stored. The number of holds in the figure start hold information is rewritten (step A17). Subsequently, the main control CPU 60a reads out the winning information (values of random numbers for determination per special figure, values of random numbers for determination of special figures and values of random numbers such as random numbers for distribution of special figure fluctuation patterns) from the main control RAM 60c, The winning information (random value) is stored as second special figure start hold information in a predetermined special figure storage area of the main control RAM 60c associated with the number of holds (step A18). Thereby, the special figure input process is completed. In the main control RAM 60c, eight storage areas of the first to eighth special figure storage areas are set, and the first and second special figure start suspension information is sequentially stored in the order of acquisition. ing.

(Special drawing start process)
Next, the special figure start process will be described with reference to FIG. In the embodiment, the special drawing start suspension information is read in order of winning in the first start winning opening 27a and the second starting winning opening 28a, and judgment per special figure is performed. That is, the main control CPU 60a relates to the first special figure start hold information and the second special figure start hold information stored in the main control RAM 60c when winning the first and second start winning openings 27a, 28a. 27a and 28a are configured to recognize the winning order.

  The main control CPU 60a executes a special figure start process every predetermined period (4 ms in the embodiment). In the special figure starting process, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 is variably displayed in the special figure display units 50A and 50B and the effect display unit 17 or is in a winning game. (Step B11). If the determination result of step B11 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a ends the special figure start process. On the other hand, if the determination result of step B11 is negative, the number of holds of special figure start hold information is read (step B12), and it is determined whether or not the number of hold of special figure start hold information is greater than “0”. (Step B13). When the determination result of step B13 is negative (when the number of holdings of special figure starting hold information = 0), the main control CPU 60a proceeds to the process of step B16. In addition, when the determination result in step B13 is affirmative (the number of reserved special figure start hold information> 0), the main control CPU 60a stores the special figure change process stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c. A value “1” indicating that the special figure variation effect is executed is set in the flag. Next, the main control CPU 60a subtracts 1 from the number of holdings of the special figure start hold information (step B14), and the special figure start hold information stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c associated with the hold number. The main control CPU 60a obtains (a random value for determination per special figure, a random value for determination of special figure, a random value for determination of performance execution, and a random number value such as a random number for distribution of special figure variation pattern) (Step S60). B15).

  Here, the main control CPU 60a obtains the special figure start hold information (random number) from the first special figure storage area in which the special figure start hold information stored earliest is stored. The main control CPU 60a acquires the random number associated with the special figure start hold information, and then stores the special figure start hold information stored in the second special figure storage area, which is stored second fastest. (Random number) is stored in the first special figure storage area. Similarly, the main control CPU 60a stores the special figure start hold information in the third special figure storage area in the second special figure storage area, and stores the special figure start hold information in the fourth special figure storage area in the third special figure storage area. Storing the special figure start hold information of the fifth special figure storage area in the fourth special figure storage area, storing the special figure start hold information of the sixth special figure storage area in the fifth special figure storage area, The special figure start hold information in the seventh special figure storage area is stored in the sixth special figure storage area, and the special figure start hold information (the newest special figure start hold information) in the eighth special figure storage area is stored in the seventh special figure storage area. Remember to area. In this way, the special figure start hold information (first and second special figure start hold information) stored in the winning order to the start winning ports 27a, 28a is sequentially shifted and stored in the young special figure storage area. That is, the special figure start hold information is read by the main control CPU 60a in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c. Further, the main control CPU 60a changes the display of the first special figure hold display unit 52 or the second special figure hold display unit 53 so as to correspond to the number of hold of the special figure start hold information after the subtraction. That is, if the read special figure start hold information is the first special figure start hold information, the display of the corresponding first special figure hold display section 52 is changed, and the read special figure start hold information is the first special figure start hold information. If it is 2 special figure start hold information, the display of the corresponding 2nd special figure hold display part 53 will be changed.

  When various random numbers as special figure start hold information are acquired by the process of step B15, as shown in FIG. 6, the main control CPU 60a stores the acquired special figure determination random number value in the main control ROM 60b. A special figure determination (hit lottery) is performed to determine whether or not it matches the determination value per special figure (step B18). In the embodiment, the probability that the determination result of the special figure determination is affirmative (that is, the big hit probability) in the non-probable change state (low probability) is set to 2521/65536. The probability (probability per special figure) that the determination result is affirmative at the time of probability) is set to 2522/65536. If the determination result of the special figure determination in step B18 is affirmative (when a winning game occurs), “1” is set in the special figure per flag indicating the fluctuation per special figure. (Step B19). Then, the main control CPU 60a, based on the acquired special figure determination random number value, has a final stop symbol (special Fig. 1) that becomes a symbol per special symbol displayed on the first or second special symbol display units 50A, 50B. Alternatively, special figure 2) is determined (step B20). Here, since the value of the special figure determination random number is associated with the special figure per special figure 1 or 2 depending on whether the first special figure start hold information or the second special figure start hold information, The main control CPU 60a determines the special symbol per special figure by determining the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 associated with the value of the special figure determining random number according to the type of the acquired special figure starting hold information. Become. Then, when the symbol per special figure (Special Fig. 1 or Special Fig. 2) is determined, the main control CPU 60a selects the special figure fluctuation pattern for the special figure based on the value of the random number for special figure fluctuation pattern determination. One special figure variation pattern is determined (step B21).

  On the other hand, if the determination result of the special figure determination in step B18 is negative (if not special figure), the main control CPU 60a displays a fixed stop display on the first or second special figure display units 50A and 50B. The missed symbol is determined as the final stop symbol (Special Fig. 1 or Special Fig. 2) (Step B23). Next, the main control CPU 60a, based on the value of the random number for special figure fluctuation pattern distribution, changes one special figure out of the special figure fluctuation pattern for detachment (reach off special figure fluctuation pattern or outlier special figure fluctuation pattern). A pattern is determined (step B24).

  Here, the main control CPU 60a, which has determined the special figure variation pattern and the final stop pattern (Special Figure 1 or Special Figure 2) in Steps B21 and B24, sets a predetermined control command (Step B22). Specifically, the main control CPU 60a designates the determined special figure fluctuation pattern and also designates the special figure fluctuation pattern designation command for instructing the start of the symbol fluctuation, or the special figure 1 or special figure 2 (that is, the special figure which becomes the final stop symbol). A special figure 1 designation command or a special figure 2 designation command for designating symbols (A to I, a to i, special symbols out of symbol) per figure is set. Then, the main control CPU 60a ends the special figure start process.

  On the other hand, if the result of the determination in step B13 is negative (if the number of reserved special figure start hold information is 0), the main control CPU 60a has already output a demonstration designation command for starting execution of the demonstration effect. (Step B16), if the result of the determination is negative, a demonstration designation command is output and the special figure start process is terminated (step B17). If the determination result in step B16 is affirmative (if the demonstration designation command has already been output), the main control CPU 60a ends the special figure start process.

  Here, each control command set in the special figure start process is output to the effect control board 65 by the main control CPU 60a in the command input / output process in the normal process described above, and in the special figure variation pattern in the timer update process. The main control CPU 60a starts measuring the specified fluctuation time, and at the same time, the main control CPU 60a controls the corresponding special figure display units 50A and 50B so as to start the special figure fluctuation display. Then, the main control CPU 60a instructs the stoppage of the decorative drawing based on the fluctuation time set in the specified special-figure fluctuation pattern, and controls the production of all symbol stop commands for displaying the symbol combination to be confirmed and stopped. Output to the substrate 65.

  Here, the main control CPU 60a sets the probability variation flag indicating the probability variation state to “1” after the winning game is ended in the flag setting process when the symbol per special symbol is imparted with the probability variation state. The probability variation flag is set so that the probability variation flag is set to “0” by the main control CPU 60a in the flag setting process when the probability variation state end condition is satisfied. Here, in the embodiment, as described above, regardless of the type of symbol per symbol (symbol A to symbol I, symbol a to symbol i), the probability variation state is set to be given after the winning game ends. Yes. In addition, the end condition of the probability variation state is satisfied when the next winning game starts or when a special figure change display is performed a predetermined number of times (in the embodiment, 65 times) after the winning game. The probability variation flag is set to “0” before the CPU 60a starts the winning game or before the next symbol variation effect (special symbol variation display) is performed a predetermined number of times after the winning game. That is, the main control CPU 60a can specify the gaming state by referring to the probability change flag as the gaming state specifying information. When the probability variation state is imparted (when the probability variation flag is set to “1”), the main control CPU 60a outputs a probability variation provision command indicating that the probability variation state is imparted to the effect control board 65. . Further, when the provision of the probability variation state is terminated (when the variation flag is set to “0”), the main control CPU 60a outputs a probability variation end command indicating that the probability variation state is terminated to the effect control board 65. It has become.

  In addition, when the symbol per special figure gives a variable state, the main control CPU 60a sets a variable flag indicating the variable state to “1” after the winning game is ended in the flag setting process. This variable flag is set so that the main control CPU 60a sets the variable flag to “0” in the flag setting process when the variable condition end condition is satisfied. That is, the main control CPU 60a can specify the gaming state by referring to the variable flag as the gaming state specifying information. In the embodiment, the end condition of the variable state is the symbol variation effect of the grant period (number of variable times) of the variable state determined when the next game per special figure starts or is won per special figure ( (Special figure fluctuation display) is executed, and the main control CPU 60a changes before the timing at which the main control CPU 60a hits the game or the next number of symbol fluctuation effects (special figure fluctuation display) is performed. The short flag is set to “0”. When the variable state is assigned (when the variable flag is set to “1”), the main control CPU 60a outputs a variable-granting command indicating that the variable state is provided to the effect control board 65. It has become. In addition, when the provision of the variable state is ended (when the variable flag is set to “0”), the main control CPU 60a sends a variable end command CMD7 indicating the end of the variable state to the effect control board 65. It is designed to output.

  That is, by referring to the value of the probability change flag, the main control CPU 60a is configured to be able to specify whether the game state is assigned a probability change state or a non-probability change state where a probability change state is not assigned. In addition, by referring to the game state identification information (value of probability change flag and variable flag), it is possible to determine whether the game state has a variable state or a non-variable game state to which a variable state has not been assigned. The control CPU 60a can be specified. In this way, the main control CPU 60a is configured to function as a gaming state determination unit that can specify a plurality of gaming states. In addition, when the special figure variation display is performed a predetermined number of times (65 in the embodiment) after the winning game and the end condition of the probability variation state is satisfied, the main control CPU 60a performs the effect control on the probability variation end command in the command input / output process. The signal is output to the substrate 65. Similarly, when the end condition of the variable state is satisfied as the variable period is given, the main control CPU 60a outputs the variable end command CMD7 to the effect control board 65 in the command input / output process. It has become.

  In addition, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) has passed the special figure change interval time after the symbol change effect (special figure change display) performed when the determination per special figure becomes the determination result per special figure. As a result, the various control commands indicating the progress of the winning game are output to the effect control board 65. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 14, an opening designation command CMD1 that designates the start of a winning game, round designation commands CMD2 and CMD4 that designate the start of a round game, and a round end designation command that designates the end of a round game. The CMD3, the ending designation command CMD5 for designating the start of the ending time, and the hit ending designation command CMD6 for designating the end of the hit game are output to the effect control board 65 at an appropriate timing according to the progress of the hit game. Specifically, the opening designation command CMD1 is output when the special figure fluctuation interval time elapses after the special figure variation effect (special figure fluctuation display) that is per special figure, and when the opening time elapses from the start of the winning game. When the round designation command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round game is output and the end condition of the first round game (a specified number of winnings or a specified time has elapsed) is satisfied, the first round A round end designation command CMD3 for designating the end of the second round game is output, and a round designating the start of the second round game at the time when the inter-round interval time (INT) has elapsed from the end of the first round game The designated command CMD4 is output. In the embodiment, since the round game of the second round is set as the final round game, when the end condition of the round game of the second round (a predetermined number of winnings or a predetermined time has elapsed) is satisfied. Thus, the ending designation command CMD5 for designating the start of the ending time is output, and the hit ending designation command CMD6 is output when the ending time has elapsed. In addition, when giving a variable state after a winning game (shifting to a variable state), the variable giving command is output together with the output of the hit end designation command CMD6.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when starting a hit game, as shown in FIG. 14, the external terminal board 92 (see FIG. 9) is controlled based on the control of the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). A hit signal (second notification signal) is output as an external output signal to the outside of the pachinko machine via the provided output terminal, and the hall computer HC starts the hit game based on the hit signal. It can be identified. Here, the hit signal is configured to output the same signal regardless of the type of the hit game and the granting period of the variable state after the hit game. That is, when a winning game is awarded, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output the same signal (single signal) regardless of the advantage associated with the winning game. The hit signal is continuously output during the hit game, and the output of the hit signal is stopped with the end of the hit game. That is, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) controls to output a hit signal from the external terminal board 92 when outputting an opening designation command CMD1 described later to the effect control board 65, and specifies a hit end designation described later. When the command CMD6 is output to the effect control board 65, the output of the hit signal from the external terminal board 92 is controlled to stop.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when the gaming state is the variable state, as shown in FIG. 14, the pachinko machine 10 is provided on the external terminal board 92 based on the control of the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). It is configured to output a variable state signal (third notification signal) as an external output signal to the outside of the pachinko machine via the output terminal, and the hall computer HC is in a variable state based on the variable state signal. The start can be identified. Here, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs the same signal after the end of the hit game, regardless of the type of hit game and the granting period of the short state after the hit game. Composed. That is, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output the same signal (single signal) when the variable state is applied. The variable state signal is continuously output during the variable state and is configured to stop signal output when the variable state ends. In the embodiment, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output a variable state signal when the variable flag is set to “1”, and the variable flag is set to “0”. Thus, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to stop outputting the variable state signal. Here, when the gaming state is in the probabilistic state, the probable change is made as an external output signal to the outside of the pachinko machine via the output terminal provided on the external terminal board 92 based on the control of the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). You may comprise so that a status signal may be output. In this case, as in the case of the variable state, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) can control the output and stop of the output of the probability change state signal based on the set value of the probability change flag.

(Regarding control processing associated with entering the gate portions 41 and 43)
Further, in the normal process executed by the main control CPU 60a, a common figure input process related to winning a prize to the gate units 41 and 43 and a special figure start process related to the determination for a common figure are executed. Hereinafter, the general map input process and the general map start process will be described in detail.

(Regarding the normal map input process)
In the normal input process, as shown in FIG. 7, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the pachinko ball has passed through the gate portions 41 and 43 (step C11). That is, in step C11, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not a detection signal output when the gate sensors 42 and 44 corresponding to the gate portions 41 and 43 detect pachinko balls has been input. If the determination result in step C11 is negative, the common map input process is terminated. If the determination result of step C11 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the number of holds in the general-purpose chart start hold information stored in the main control RAM 60c is less than the upper limit number of 4 (step C12). ). If the determination result of step C12 is negative (ie, the number of holdings of the general chart start hold information is 4), the main control CPU 60a ends the general map input process.

  If the determination result in step C12 is affirmative (the number of hold of the general-purpose start hold information <4), the number of hold of the general-purpose start hold information is incremented by 1, and the first general-purpose map start hold information stored in the main control RAM 60c is stored. Is rewritten (step C13). Subsequently, the main control CPU 60a reads the value of the random number for determining the normal map and the value of the random number for determining the normal map from the main control RAM 60c, and associates the value of the random number with the hold number of the general map start hold information. A predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c is set (step C14). Thereby, the common map input process is completed.

(Regarding the usual chart start process)
Next, the common diagram start process will be described with reference to FIG. The main control CPU 60a executes the normal diagram start process every predetermined cycle (4 ms in the embodiment). In the universal map start process, the main control CPU 60a determines whether the universal map is in a variable display or in the universal map display unit 55 (step D11). If the determination result of step D11 is affirmative, the main control CPU 60a ends the normal diagram start process. On the other hand, if the determination result of step D11 is negative, the number of holds of the general-purpose start hold information is read (step D12), and it is determined whether or not the number of hold of the general-purpose start hold information is greater than “0”. (Step D13). When the determination result of step D13 is negative (when the number of holdings of the general chart start hold information = 0), the main control CPU 60a ends the general chart start process. Further, the main control CPU 60a, when the determination result of step D13 is affirmative (if the number of hold of the general chart start hold information> 0), the normal map change process stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c A value “1” indicating that the normal map change effect is executed is set in the flag. Next, the main control CPU 60a subtracts 1 from the number of holdings of the general-purpose starting hold information (step D14), and is stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 60c associated with the number of holdings of the general-purpose start holding information. The main control CPU 60a obtains the value of the random number for determining the common figure and the value of the random number for determining the common figure (step D15).

  Here, the main control CPU 60a acquires a random number from the first general map storage area in which the normal chart start hold information stored earliest is stored. The main control CPU 60a obtains a random number associated with the second map start hold information, and then stores information on the second map storage area in which the map start hold information stored second fastest is stored (random number). ) Is stored in the first map storage area. Similarly, the main control CPU 60a stores the information (random number) of the third map storage area in which the map start hold information stored third fastest is stored in the second map map storage area, and fourthly. The information (random number) in the fourth map storage area in which the early map hold information stored (ie, the newest) is stored in the third map storage area. That is, the normal start suspension information is read by the main control CPU 60a in the order stored in the main control RAM 60c. Further, the main control CPU 60a changes the display of the general map hold display section 56 so as to correspond to the number of holds of the general map start hold information after subtraction.

  When various random numbers are acquired by the process of step D15, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not the value of the acquired random number for determining a normal map matches the determined value of a normal map per unit stored in the main control ROM 60b. A judgment per hit (a lottery) is performed (step D16). Here, in the embodiment, the probability that the determination result of the normal figure determination is positive when the game state is not given the first or second variable state (in the non-variable state) (that is, the normal graph) (Hit probability) is set to 1/65536, and the determination result is affirmative when the gaming state is assigned the first or second variable state (when the low probability variation state or the probability variation variation state is present). The probability (probability per common map) is set to 65535/65536. That is, the main control CPU 60a determines whether or not to allow the opening operation by making a hit-by-base determination based on the gaming state specified by the change flag.

  Next, the main control CPU 60a determines the opening pattern of the start opening / closing member 29 that accompanies the normal map (step D18). That is, in step D18, as the opening / closing condition of the start opening / closing member 29, the symbol per symbol 1 to symbol 2 per symbol is displayed in a fixed stop display on the symbol display unit 55 based on the acquired random number for universal symbol determination. Is determined by the main control CPU 60a. Then, the main control CPU 60a determines an open pattern corresponding to the determined symbols per symbol 1 to symbols 2 per symbol based on the gaming state specified by the variable flag.

  In addition, when the determination result of the normal map determination in Step D16 is negative (in the case of not being the normal map determination), the main control CPU 60a shifts the normal map that is confirmed and stopped on the general map display unit 55. The general map to be shown is determined as the final stop symbol, and the fluctuation time of the general map change executed by the general map display unit 55 is determined (step D19). Then, when the final stop symbol is determined in steps D18 and G19, the process related to the normal map change is executed (step D20). Specifically, the main control CPU 60a sets a general map change designation command for instructing the start of a general map change and an open pattern designation command for instructing an open pattern. Then, the main control CPU 60a ends the normal diagram start process.

(About the production control board 65)
The effect control board 65 includes an effect control CPU (effect control processing means) 65a for executing control processing, an effect control ROM 65b for storing a control program executed by the effect control CPU 65a, and data necessary for the process of the effect control CPU 65a. Is provided with an effect control RAM 65c capable of writing / reading. The effect control CPU 65a updates the values of various random numbers at predetermined intervals, stores (sets) the updated value in the setting area of the effect control RAM 65c, and rewrites the value before the update.

  Here, the effect control ROM 65b stores an effect pattern for specifying the specific effect contents of the symbol variation effect executed in the symbol variation effect. The effect pattern is associated with the special figure variation pattern, and the effect control CPU 65a determines the corresponding effect pattern based on the special figure variation pattern determined by the main control CPU 60a. The effect pattern is not associated with the special figure variation pattern in a one-to-one relationship, and a plurality of effect patterns are associated with one special figure variation pattern. In addition, in the effect pattern, the stop timing of the decorative drawing of each of the symbol rows L, C, R is determined in the symbol variation effect, and according to the stop timing determined in the effect pattern, the decorative pattern is displayed in each column L, C, R. Is stopped, an appropriate sound effect is output from the speaker 19 in accordance with the stoppage of the decorative drawing, and the lamp device 18 emits light appropriately. In addition, the effect patterns that can be determined by the effect control CPU 65a are determined for each gaming state, and among the effect patterns included in the effect pattern according to the game state when the effect control CPU 65a determines the effect pattern. The effect control CPU 65a determines one effect pattern corresponding to the figure variation pattern. Here, the effect patterns that can be determined in each gaming state are set to be at least partially different, and by determining the effect pattern based on the special figure variation pattern, an effect peculiar to each gaming state is performed. It is like that.

(About per game production)
In addition, when the winning game is performed, the effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 to perform a winning game effect in accordance with the progress of the winning game. That is, in the effect control ROM 65b, which will be described later, a hit game effect pattern for specifying the effect contents of the hit game effect executed in the win game is stored. The winning game effect pattern is associated with the type of winning game, and the type of winning game determined by the main control CPU 60a (that is, the special game state determined when the determination result per special figure is obtained). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to determine the corresponding hit game effect pattern based on the type of symbols per figure), and the hit game effect specific to each win game is performed. In other words, the winning game effect pattern corresponds to a notification condition (specifically, a winning time notification condition) described later that is established when the determination result per special figure is obtained. Note that, as the winning game effect pattern, a pattern unique to a specific notification condition and a pattern common to a plurality of notification conditions are set. Specifically, when the first, second, fourth, and fifth hit notification conditions are satisfied, a hit game effect pattern unique to each hit notification condition is determined by the effect control CPU 65a, and the third When the winning notification condition is satisfied, the winning control effect pattern common to each winning notification condition is determined by the effect control CPU 65a.

  Then, the effect control CPU 65a executes control to output a control command to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 based on the determined winning game effect pattern, and displays the winning game effect corresponding to the winning effect pattern. The unit 17, the speaker 19, and the lamp device 18 are configured to perform the operation. This hit game effect pattern includes the effect content of the opening effect executed at the opening time, the effect content of the round game effect executed during each round game, the effect content of the interval effect executed at the interval time between rounds, and the ending. The contents of the ending effects to be executed in time are specified for each type of game.

  Here, the first and second introduction effects are set as the opening effects of the winning game effects, and the first and second transition effects, the continuation effects, and the ending effects are set as the ending effects of the winning game effects. As shown in FIG. 17, in the embodiment, the first introduction effect is a common effect that is executed when the second to fourth hit-time notification conditions are satisfied, and the start of the hit game can be identified. In addition to displaying characters such as “start hit” and video / images, an effect is set in which a first right-handed transition notification display described later is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206. In addition, the second introduction effect of the embodiment is a common effect that is executed when the first and fifth winning notification conditions are satisfied, and the “winning start” that can identify the start of the winning game is possible. And the like, and an effect of displaying a second right-handed transition notification display described later in the launch operation notification area 206 is set. That is, in the winning game, the second introduction effect is displayed at the start of the winning game, so that the gaming state after the winning game becomes the most advantageous gaming state (the probability variation state and the 65 variation states). The player can recognize it.

  In addition, the first transition effect of the embodiment is a common effect that is executed when the third to fourth hit-time notification conditions are satisfied, and the end state of the hit game can be identified and the variable state Is set so that characters, videos, and images that can be identified as being added are displayed, and a first right-handed transition notification display to be described later is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206. The second transition effect of the embodiment is a common effect that is executed when the first to second hit-time notification conditions are satisfied, and the end of the hit game can be identified and a variable state is given. In addition to displaying characters and video / images that can be identified as being performed, an effect is set in which a second right-handed transition notification display described later is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206. That is, in the winning game, the first and second introduction effects are displayed at the end of the winning game, so that the player can recognize that the variable state is given after the winning game. Yes.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 12 (f), the continuation effect of the embodiment is an effect that is executed when the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied, and the gaming state after the winning game is most advantageous. Characters such as “RUSH!” That indicate the state is displayed, or a special image or video that is displayed only in the case of a winning game that has been won for the special figure determination in a variable state (for example, radially) An image representing a state in which a light beam is emitted, a maker logo image, and the like) are set, while an effect that neither of the first and second right-handed transition notification displays described below is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206 is set. Has been. As shown in FIG. 12 (g), the end effect of the embodiment is a unique effect that is executed when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, and the winning game is not shifted to the variable state. A special image or video that is displayed only in the case of a hit game that does not shift to the variable state is displayed, which will be described later. An effect is set in which neither of the first and second right-handed transition notification displays is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206. In other words, in the winning game, a continuous effect is displayed at the end of the winning game, which suggests that the most advantageous gaming state after the winning game (65 times of shortened states are given) is made to the right. Indirect notification of operation in the operation mode is provided. In addition, in the winning game, an end effect is displayed at the end of the winning game, which suggests that no change state is given after the winning game, and indirectly notifies that the left-handed operation mode is operated. It has become.

  Further, the effect control board 65 is provided with a variation counter CN (variation frequency measuring means) CN for measuring the number of variations of the symbol variation effect performed after the winning game, and each time the symbol variation effect is performed (special feature). The production control CPU 65a increments the count number of the variation counter CN by 1 every time a variation pattern is input. Here, the count number of the variation counter CN can be added based on the input of all symbol stop commands. The count value of the variation counter CN is configured to be initialized by the effect control CPU 65a every time a winning game is performed. That is, by referring to the count value of the variation counter CN, the effect control CPU 65a can identify the number of changes of the symbol variation effect performed after the winning game.

  The effect control ROM 65b stores an effect control program for comprehensively controlling the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73. When the effect control CPU 65a inputs various control commands, the effect control CPU 65a executes various controls based on the effect control program.

(Display control board 70)
Next, the display control board 70 will be described with reference to FIG. The display control board 70 is provided with a display control CPU 70a. A display control ROM 70b and a display control RAM 70c are connected to the display control CPU 70a. An effect display unit 17 is connected to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a). In the display control ROM 70b, a display control program for controlling the display contents of the effect display unit 17 is stored. The display control ROM 70b also stores various images and video data (symbols, various background images, etc.) to be displayed on the effect display unit 17 such as a symbol variation effect, a winning game effect, an error display, and a notification display of the operation form of the operation handle 16. Image data such as characters and characters) is stored. The display control RAM 70c stores (sets) various types of information that can be appropriately rewritten during the operation of the pachinko machine 10.

(About payout control board)
As shown in FIG. 9, an external terminal plate 92 is connected to the payout control board, and a hall computer HC is connected to an output terminal provided on the external terminal plate 92. The main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) then sends various game information (such as the operating state of the pachinko machine 10 and error information) to the hall computer HC via the payout control board and the output terminal of the external terminal board 92. Signal) can be output.

(About processing on the production control board)
Next, processing executed by the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 based on the control program will be described. The effect control CPU 65a shifts to a state in which a game on the pachinko machine 10 is possible after executing an initial setting process such as a security check in accordance with power-on of the pachinko machine 10. In this state, normal processing is executed at a predetermined control cycle (every 4 ms). Here, in the normal process executed by the effect control CPU 65a, a random number update process for updating various random numbers for effect control, a timer update process for measuring time, a command input / output process for inputting / outputting various commands, Processing related to the execution of effects during fluctuations, processing for setting flags, processing related to execution of effects during win games, and the like are executed.

  That is, the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 determines an effect pattern to be executed in the symbol change effect based on the special figure change pattern designation command input from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). An effect pattern designation command for designating the effect pattern is output to the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, the sound control board 73, and the like. When the special figure 1 designation command or the special figure 2 designation command is input, the production control CPU 65a displays each symbol row L, which is finally stopped and displayed on the production display unit 17 in accordance with the special symbol stop symbol designation corresponding to the command. The decoration drawing of C and R is determined. That is, when the symbol designated by the special symbol 1 designation command or the special symbol 2 designation command is a symbol per special symbol, the effect control CPU 65a displays each symbol row L, The decoration drawing of C and R is determined.

  Further, the effect control CPU 65a sets the probability variation information flag and the variation information flag based on the command output from the main control CPU 60a. Specifically, when the special figure 1 or special figure 2 specified by the special figure 1 designation or special figure 2 designation command corresponds to the symbol per special figure to which the probability variation state is assigned, the probability variation information flag indicating the probability variation state is set. The probability variation information flag is set to “0” when it is set to “1” and it corresponds to a symbol per special symbol that is not given a probability variation state. Further, when the special figure 1 or special figure 2 specified by the special figure 1 designation or special figure 2 designation command corresponds to a symbol per special figure to which the variable state is given, a variable information flag indicating the variable state is set. The variable information flag is set to “0” when it is set to “1” and it corresponds to a symbol per special figure that is not given a variable state. Further, the probability variation information flag is set to “0” based on the probability variation end command output from the main control board 60, and the variation information flag is set to “0” based on the variation end command CMD7. That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment is configured such that the game control state can be specified by the effect control CPU 65a.

  Then, at the stop timing of the decorative drawing of each of the symbol rows L, C, R specified by the production pattern, the decorative drawing designation command of each row is output to the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, the sound control board 73, etc. To do. Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a starts measuring time by a timer means (not shown) at the same time as the special figure variation pattern designation command is input, and the left decoration at the stop timing of the decoration of the left symbol row L. The figure designating command is output, the right figure designating command is output at the stop timing of the decoration drawing of the right design row R, and the interior decoration designating command is output at the stop timing of the decoration drawing of the middle design row C.

  In addition, when the stop symbol designated by the special symbol designation command is a missing symbol, the effect control CPU 65a determines a symbol combination capable of recognizing the deviation. The effect control CPU 65a determines a symbol combination capable of recognizing a detachment including a reach formation symbol when the special figure variation pattern for the detachment reach effect is instructed. On the other hand, the effect control CPU 65a determines a symbol combination that can recognize a detachment that does not include a reach formation symbol when a special-figure variation pattern for the detachment effect is instructed. Further, when the effect control CPU 65a receives all symbol stop commands, the effect control CPU 65a outputs the commands to the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, the sound control board 73, and the like.

(About display control)
In the display control board 70, when an effect pattern designation command is input, the display control CPU 70a selects display data indicating the effect content corresponding to the effect pattern specified by the command, and the display content corresponding to the effect pattern. The effect display unit 17 is controlled to execute the symbol variation effect. Then, the display control CPU 70a measures the elapsed time from the start of the effect with the start of the design variation effect, and determines an image displayed on the effect display unit 17 so that an image based on the effect pattern is displayed for each measured time. Switch every cycle. Then, when the symbol stop command for each symbol row L, C, R is input, the display control CPU 70a displays the ornament designated by the ornament designation command at the effective stop position 300 of the corresponding symbol row L, C, R. Is temporarily stopped, and when all the symbol stop commands are input, the decorations instructed by the decoration designation command are displayed on the effect display unit 17 at the effective stop position 300 of each symbol row L, C, R. The display content of the effect display unit 17 is controlled to end the symbol variation effect.

(Notification of operation mode)
Next, notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 will be described. As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment plays a game by operating the operation handle 16 in a left-handed operation mode in which the pachinko ball flows down the first ball flow-down area 21a when the game state is an unchangeable state. Thus, the game is played under a control condition that is more advantageous to the player than when the operation handle 16 is operated in the right-handed operation mode in which the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow-down area 21b. On the other hand, when the game state is a variable state, or when the game state is a hit game state where a special game is given to open the special winning portion 36, the right-handed operation mode in which the pachinko ball flows down the second ball flow area 21b By playing the game by operating the handle 16, the game is played under control conditions that are more advantageous to the player than when the game is operated by operating the operation handle 16 in the left-handed operation mode in which the pachinko ball flows down the first ball falling area 21a. To be done. Therefore, notifying means 17, 59, 100 are provided for notifying the player of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 suitable for the control execution conditions (game state (variable state, hit game state, etc.)) of the pachinko machine 10. . That is, each of the notification means 17, 59, 100 has a left-handed notification mode (first operation notification mode) for notifying that the operation handle 16 is operated in the left-handed operation mode, and a right-handed operation mode. The right-hand notification mode (second operation notification mode) for notifying operation is configured so that the operation mode can be notified, and the left-hand operation mode and the right-hand mode are determined based on the notification by the notification means 17, 59, 100. It is configured that the player can play a game suitable for the game situation by operating the operation handle 16 so as to switch to the hitting operation mode. In other words, the notification means 17, 59, 100 notifies whether or not the gaming state is an unaltered state, and the notification means 17, 59, 100 of the embodiment includes the second ball flow down area 21b (specific ball flow down). It is possible to notify whether the pachinko ball flowing down the area) is performing a hit game that can win the special winning portion 36.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, a right-handed display unit 59 of the game information display unit M is provided as a first notification unit that notifies the operation form of the operation handle 16 based on the control of the main control CPU 60a. The operation form of the operation handle 16 can be appropriately selected according to the display state of the right-handed display unit 59 (LED lamp lighting state). Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as Ruho known means to inform the operation mode of the operating handle 16 under the control of the performance control CPU 65a, notification only for the purpose of notification of the operation mode of the operating handle 16 It provided with a control mode informing section 100 as informing means comprises the representation display section 17 as the notification means of the effect shared for reporting execution and the control mode of the presentation, those 該報 known means (an operation mode notification unit 100 and the display of the effect display unit 17), the operation mode of the operation handle 16 can be appropriately selected. Here, the right-handed display unit 59 is provided so as to be located outside the game area 21 surrounded by the guide rail 22, and the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are provided by the guide rail 22. It is provided so as to be located on the enclosed inner side (game area 21 side). That is, compared with the right-handed display unit 59, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are formed in positions where the operation mode notification region is much larger and more conspicuous. It is comprised so that a player's interest may turn to the alerting | reporting aspect.

(About the operation form notification unit)
As shown in FIGS. 2 and 11, the operation mode notifying unit ( third notifying unit) 100 is disposed so as to be located inside the display window portion 25 a of the frame-shaped decorative body 25 in a front view, and It is configured to be visible from the front side of the machine 10. That is, the operation mode notifying unit 100 is provided at a position that naturally enters the player's line of sight when playing a game. In the embodiment, when the line of sight is moved from the launch port 24 to the whereabouts of the pachinko ball, which is arranged at the upper position inside the display window 25a of the frame-shaped decorative body 25, the operation mode is notified. The part 100 and the pachinko sphere can be seen at the same time. In the embodiment, the operation mode notifying unit 100 is arranged at a position adjacent to the second ball falling area 21b.

  As shown in FIG. 11, the operation form notifying unit 100 includes a plurality of display units 101, 102, and 103 that notify the operation form (pachinko ball launch position) of the operation handle 16. Any one of the units 101, 102, and 103 is used alone or in combination. That is, the operation mode notification unit 100 includes a switching notification unit 101 that can notify each of a left-handed operation mode and a right-handed operation mode, a left-handed notification unit 102 that can report a left-handed operation mode, and a right-handed operation mode. A right-handed notification unit 103 that can be notified, and by combining a notification unit that performs notification among the switching notification unit 101, the left-handed notification unit 102, and the right-handed notification unit 103, a pachinko in a plurality of notification modes. It is comprised so that the game form of a ball | bowl can be alert | reported. That is, the operation form notifying unit 100 operates the operation handle in the left-handed notification mode (first operation notification mode) and the right-handed notification mode (second operation notification mode) by combining the plurality of display units 101, 102, and 103. Sixteen operation modes are configured to be notified.

  Here, the switching notification unit 101 includes LEDs that can be controlled to emit light in a plurality of different colors on the rear side of the filter on which the characters “left-handed” and “right-handed” are superimposed. The light-emitting body is configured, and by switching the light emission color of the light-emitting body, characters displayed through the filter are switched to “left-handed” or “right-handed”. In addition, the filter of the switching notification unit 101 is subjected to half mirror processing so that “left-handed” and “right-handed” characters cannot be seen from the front side of the game board 20 when the light emitter is turned off. It is configured. That is, the lamp control board 72 controls the light emission color and light emission / extinction of the light emitting body of the switching notification unit 101 based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a, so that the character “left-handed” is emitted to the switching notification unit 101. The displayed notification mode (first operation notification mode), the notification mode (second operation notification mode) in which the characters “right-handed” are emitted and displayed, and the characters “left-handed” and “right-handed” are not displayed. It is comprised so that it can switch to an alerting | reporting aspect. In the embodiment, the “left-handed” character is lit and displayed in green, and the “right-handed” character is lit and displayed in red.

  The left-handed notification unit 102 includes a light-emitting body such as an LED capable of controlling light emission on the rear side of the cover displaying a left-pointing arrow. That is, by controlling light emission / extinction of the light emitter of the left-handed notification unit 102, a notification mode (first operation notification mode) in which the leftward arrow of the left-handed notification unit 102 is displayed and emitted, and the leftward-pointing arrow It can be switched to a notification mode in which is turned off. In the left-handed notification unit 102, a plurality of (two in the embodiment) left-pointing arrows are formed side by side. Similarly, the right-handed notification unit 103 includes a light-emitting body such as an LED capable of controlling light emission on the rear side of the cover displaying a right-pointing arrow. That is, by controlling light emission / extinction of the light emitter of the right-handed notification unit 103, a notification mode (second operation notification mode) in which a right-pointing arrow of the right-handed notification unit 103 is lit and displayed, and the right-pointing arrow It can be switched to a notification mode in which is turned off. In the right-handed notification unit 103, a plurality (two in the embodiment) of right-pointing arrows are formed in a vertical arrangement.

  Here, in the embodiment, when notifying the left-handed game (in the non-variable state in the embodiment), the switch notification unit 101 is notified by lighting up the characters “left-handed” and the left-handed notification. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation form notifying unit 100 so as to notify the unit 102. Further, when notifying a right-handed game (short-running state or executing a hit game), the switch-notifying unit 101 is informed by lighting up a right-handed character, and the right-handed notifying unit 103 The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation form notifying unit 100 so as to notify only by the right handed notifying unit 103 without notifying by the switching notifying unit 101.

  That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11B, based on the control command (control information) output to the lamp control board 72 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined left-handed notification timing. The operation mode notifying unit 100 is set to be in a left-handed notification mode (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a left-handed transition notification mode) in which “left-handed character” and “left-pointing arrow” are turned on and displayed at the same time. Based on the control command (control information) output to the lamp control board 72 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a at the predetermined left-handed notification timing as shown in FIG. Ramp control is performed so that the form notification unit 100 is in a left-handed notification mode (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a left-handed error notification mode) in which only “left-handed characters” are flashed and displayed. Substrate 72 is adapted to the light emission control. Here, as shown in FIG. 13, the effect control CPU 65 a is triggered when the state changes to the non-change state with the end of the change state or the winning game (that is, the left-handed transfer condition described later is satisfied). ), When a control command for informing in the left-handed transition notification mode is output to the lamp control board 72 and triggered by a right-handed operation mode in an unchangeable state (that is, a first to be described later) The control command for notifying in the left-handed error notification mode is output to the lamp control board 72. Note that the left-handed transition notification mode and the left-handed error notification mode are not limited to the modes described above, and can be distinguished from each other.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, based on a control command (control information) output to the lamp control board 72 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined first right-handed notification timing, FIG. As shown, the lamp control board 72 emits light so that the operation mode notification unit 100 is in a right-handed notification mode in which only the “right-pointing arrow” is displayed (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a first right-handed transition notification mode). Based on the control command (control information) command output to the lamp control board 72 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a at the predetermined second right-handed notification timing, as shown in FIG. The notification unit 100 is in a right-handed notification mode (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as a second right-handed transition notification mode) in which “right-handed character” and “right-pointing arrow” are turned on and displayed simultaneously. 11 (f), based on the control command (control information) output to the lamp control board 72 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a at the predetermined third right-handed notification timing. As described above, the lamp control board 72 emits light so that the operation mode notification unit 100 is in a right-handed notification mode (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a right-handed error notification mode) in which only “right-handed characters” are flashed and displayed. It comes to control. Here, as shown in FIG. 13, the effect control CPU 65a is triggered when the winning game is given or when given the change state after the winning game (that is, the right described later). When the strike transition condition is satisfied), a control command for notifying in the first or second right strike transition notification mode is output to the lamp control board 72, and triggered by the left strike operation mode in the variable speed state. (That is, establishment of a second operation error condition described later), a control command for notifying in the right-handed error notification mode is output to the lamp control board 72. The first and second right-handed transition notification modes and right-handed error notification modes are not limited to the above-described modes, and can be distinguished from each other. In addition, based on the control command output by the control of the effect control CPU 65a, the lamp control board 72 performs light emission control so that the operation mode notification unit 100 is in a non-notification mode in which none of the display units 101, 102, 103 is notified. It is like that. As described above, the operation mode notifying unit 100 is configured to be able to notify the same operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a plurality of different notification modes.

(About the notification display of the operation mode on the production display section)
The display control ROM 70b stores a predetermined number of data such as images and videos that directly (intuitively) notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 (pachinko ball launch position). In the following description, an image for notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 displayed on the effect display unit 17 may be referred to as a notification display. That is, based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a, the display of the effect display unit 17 is displayed so as to display a notification display that directly (intuitively) notifies the operation form of the operation handle 16 (pachinko ball launch position). The display control board 70 is configured to control. In the embodiment, as the notification display that can be displayed on the effect display unit 17, a plurality of left-handed notification displays (first operation notification mode) as a left-handed notification mode for notifying the left-handed operation mode, and a right-handed operation mode are notified. Data such as images corresponding to a plurality of right-handed notification displays (second operation notification modes) as the right-handed notification mode is set in the display control ROM 70b, and any notification is made according to the control conditions of the pachinko machine 10. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to cause the effect display unit 17 to display the display. That is, when the player operates the operation handle 16 based on the image displayed on the effect display unit 17, it is suitable for the left-handed operation mode and the right-handed operation mode according to the control conditions of the pachinko machine 10. It is comprised so that the operation form can be selected. In the following description, an image for notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 displayed on the effect display unit 17 may be referred to as a notification display.

  Specifically, as a left-handed notification display that can be displayed on the effect display unit 17, as shown in FIG. 12, a left-handed notification mode in which characters “please return to left-handed” are displayed in the launch operation notification region 206. (Hereinafter sometimes referred to as a left-handed transition notification display) and a left-handed notification mode (hereinafter referred to as a left-handed error notification display) in which a character “left-handed!” Is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206 together with a left-pointing arrow. Is sometimes set). Here, the left-handed error notification display is set to be a display form that can attract the player's attention more strongly than the left-handed transition notification display, and is displayed as a left-handed error notification display in the embodiment. The character “Left-handed!” Is displayed larger than the character “Return to left-handed” displayed in the left-handed transition notification display, and the left-pointing arrow displayed in the left-handed error notification display is conspicuous. Is set to display. Note that the display contents of the left-handed transition notification display and the left-handed error notification display are not limited to this, and can be arbitrary display contents.

  And in the pachinko machine 10 of an Example, as shown to Fig.12 (a) based on the control command (control information) output to the display control board 70 by control of presentation control CPU65a in predetermined left-handed alerting | reporting timing. The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a) controls the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display the left-handed transition notification display, and is output to the display control board 70 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined left-handed notification timing. Based on the control command, the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a) controls the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display a left-handed error notification display as shown in FIG. 12 (b). . Here, as shown in FIG. 13, the effect control CPU 65 a is triggered when the state changes to the non-change state with the end of the change state or the winning game (that is, the left-handed transfer condition described later is satisfied). ), When a control command for displaying the left-handed transition notification display is output to the display control board 70 and triggered by a right-handed operation mode in an unchangeable state (that is, a first to be described later) The operation error condition is established), and a control command for displaying the left-handed error notification display is output to the display control board 70.

  Also, as a right-handed notification display that can be displayed on the effect display unit 17, as shown in FIG. 12, a right-handed notification mode (hereinafter referred to as a first right-handed notification mode) in which only the “right arrow” is displayed in the launch operation notification region 206, as shown in FIG. A right-handed notification mode (hereinafter, referred to as a second right-handed transition notification). And may be referred to as a right-handed error notification display (hereinafter, referred to as right-handed error notification display). ) And are set. Here, the second right-handed transition notification display is set to be a display form that can attract the player's attention more strongly than the first right-handed transition notification display. In the right-handed transition notification display, the characters “Aim for the right!” Are displayed, and the “right arrow” displayed in the second right-handed transition notification display is displayed in the first right-handed transition notification display “ It is set to display so as to stand out larger than the “right arrow”. Also, the right-handed error notification display is set to be a display form that can attract the player's attention more strongly than the second right-handed transition notification display. In the embodiment, the right-handed error notification display is displayed. The “right-handed!” Character is displayed larger than the “right-to-right!” Character displayed in the second right-handed transition notification display, and the “right-pointing arrow” displayed in the right-handed error notification display is displayed. The display is set so as to be conspicuously larger than the “right-pointing arrow” displayed in the second right-handed transition notification display. Note that the display contents of the first right-handed transition notification display, the second right-handed transition notification display, and the right-handed error notification display are not limited to this, and should be configured so that they can be distinguished and identified. Can do.

  Then, based on the control command (control information) output to the display control board 70 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at the predetermined first right-handed notification timing, as shown in FIG. The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a) controls the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display the strike transition notification display. Further, based on a control command (control information) output to the display control board 70 by the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined second right-handed notification timing, as shown in FIG. The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a) is configured to control the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display the strike transition notification display. Further, based on a control command (control information) output to the display control board 70 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined third right-handed notification timing, as shown in FIG. The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a) controls the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display the display. Here, as shown in FIG. 13, the effect control CPU 65a is triggered when the winning game is given or when given the change state after the winning game (that is, the right described later). The establishment of the strike transition condition), the control command for displaying the first or second right strike transition notification display is output to the display control board 70, and the operation is performed in the left strike operation mode in the variable state. (That is, the establishment of a second operation error condition described later), a control command for displaying the right-handed error notification display is output to the display control board 70.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 10A, a launch operation notification area for displaying a notification display (left-handed notification display, right-handed notification display) for notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 is displayed on the effect display unit 17. A plurality of 206 are set. Then, in accordance with the type of notification display (left-handed notification display, right-handed notification display) displayed on the effect display unit 17 and the notification timing, the launch operation for displaying the notification display (left-handed notification display, right-handed notification display) A notification area 206 is set. In the embodiment, as the launch operation notification area 206, the first launch operation notification area 206A and the second launch operation notification area 206B are set in the effect display unit 17. The first launch operation notification area 206A is set to a wider area on the center side of the display portion 17a of the effect display section 17 than the second launch operation notification area 206B. The case where the notification display is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A is configured to be more conspicuous than the case where the notification display is displayed in the notification area 206B. In the embodiment, at the position below the effective stop position 300 of the effect display unit 17, the first launch operation notification area 206 </ b> A is set so as to form a horizontally long belt shape, and the corner of the display unit 17 a of the effect display unit 17 (FIG. In 10 (a), the second launch operation notification area 206A is set in the lower right portion of the display unit 17a so as to be an area narrower than the first launch operation notification area 206A. The positions and sizes of the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B can be changed as appropriate.

  A notification display associated with the establishment of the first or second operation error condition is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A, and a left strike transition condition is displayed in the second launch operation notification area 206B. Or it is comprised so that the alerting display accompanying establishment of right-handed transition conditions may be displayed. That is, when the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is not suitable for the game situation (the first or second operation error condition is satisfied), a notification display (left-handed error notification display) is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A. And a right-handed error notification display) are displayed to prompt the player to correct the operation mode of the operation handle 16 at an early stage. In addition, regardless of whether the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is suitable for the game situation, the game state transition (transition between the variable state and the non-variable state) and the start of the hit game, such as the start of the hit game, When it is necessary to change the operation mode (the left-handed transition condition or the right-handed transition condition is established), a notification display (left-handed transition notification display, first and second left-handed transition notification display, first and second) is displayed. By displaying “right-handed transition notification display”, the notification display does not hinder the symbol variation effect and the winning game effect displayed on the effect display unit 17 while prompting the change of the operation of the operation handle 16. Specifically, when a control command for displaying a left-handed error notification display and a right-handed error notification display is output from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a), these notification displays are displayed in a first manner. While being controlled by the display control board 70 to display in the operation notification area 206A, a control command for displaying the left-handed transition notification display and the first and second right-handed transition notification displays is the effect control board 65 (effect control. When output from the CPU 65a), the display control board 70 controls to display these notification displays in the second launch operation notification area 206B.

  In the embodiment, when a control command for displaying the first and second right-handed transition notification displays on the effect display unit 17 is output from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) at the start of the winning game. During the predetermined period, the display control board 70 controls to display these notification displays in the first launch operation notification area 206A. Then, after the elapse of a predetermined period, the display control board 70 controls to display these notification displays in the second launch operation notification area 206B. That is, in the initial stage where it is necessary to change the operation mode in accordance with the progress of the game, a notification display (first or second right-handed transition notification display) is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A. Thus, while strongly urged to change the operation of the operation handle 16, the notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 by displaying the notification display in the second stroke operation notification area 206B after a predetermined period. The notification display does not hinder the symbol variation effect and the winning game effect.

  Specifically, when a control command (specifically, an opening designation command CMD1) indicating the start of a winning game is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), these notification displays are displayed in a first manner. The effect control CPU 65a outputs and controls a control command to the display control board 70 so as to display it in the operation notification area 206A, and a timer (time measuring means) provided in the effect control board 65 measures a predetermined period (for example, 5 seconds). By outputting a control command (region switching command) from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a), the display control board 70 is controlled to display these notification displays in the second launch operation notification area 206B. It has become so. It should be noted that a predetermined period can be measured using a timer (time measuring means) provided in the display control board 70. In this case, it is necessary to output an area switching command from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a). There is no. When a control command indicating the start of the variable state (specifically, a variable giving command) is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), a notification display is displayed in the first launch operation notification region. The effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the display control board 70 so that it is not displayed on 206A.

(Indirect display)
The display control ROM 70b stores a predetermined number of data such as images and videos that indirectly inform the operation form of the operation handle 16 (pachinko ball launch position). In the following description, an image, video, or the like that indirectly informs the operation form of the operation handle 16 may be referred to as an operation suggestion display, and may be distinguished from a notification display that directly informs the operation form. . In other words, the effect display unit 17 is configured to display a notification display for indirectly reporting (suggesting) the operation form (pachinko ball launch position) of the operation handle 16. That is, a notification display (indirectly intuitive notification) displayed on the effect display unit 17 (the left-handed transition notification display, the left-handed error notification display, the first and second right-handed transition notification displays, the right-handed display) In addition to the error notification display), the player operates the operation handle 16 based on the indirect notification display, which is suitable for the left-handed operation mode and the right-handed operation mode according to the control conditions of the pachinko machine 10. It is comprised so that the selected operation form can be selected.

  In the embodiment, as the operation suggestion display that can be displayed on the effect display unit 17, data such as images corresponding to a plurality of operation suggestion displays (hereinafter referred to as first operation suggestion display) suggesting a left-handed operation mode is displayed and controlled. It is set in the ROM 70 b, and the effect control CPU 65 a is configured to cause the effect display CPU 17 to display any operation suggestion display according to the control conditions of the pachinko machine 10. In the embodiment, the display content of the end effect performed at the ending time at the end of the hit game corresponds to the operation suggestion display (hereinafter referred to as the first operation suggestion display), and is continued at the ending time at the end of the hit game. The display content of the production corresponds to an operation suggestion display (hereinafter, second operation suggestion display).

  In other words, the first operation suggestion display is set to be displayed in the end effect performed at the ending time of the hit game that does not shift to the variable state after the hit game ends, and the second operation suggestion display is in the variable state. Is set to be displayed in a continuous effect performed during the ending time of the hit game that shifts to the variable state after winning of the special game determination and winning game. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the first command based on the control command (specifically, the ending designation command CMD5) output to the display control board 70 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a at a predetermined right-handed notification timing. The display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a) controls the display of the effect display unit 17 so as to display the operation suggestion display and the second operation suggestion display. Here, the effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command for displaying the first operation suggestion display to the display control board 70 in a hit game in which a later-described fourth hit notification condition is established, and the first control instruction described later. In the winning game in which the hitting notification condition of 5 is established, a control command for displaying the first operation suggestion display is output to the display control board 70.

  Here, the operation suggestion display is in a different area from the launch operation notification area 206 in which a notification display (left-handed notification display, right-handed notification display) for directly reporting the operation form of the operation handle 16 is displayed. It is configured to display. In the embodiment, the operation suggestion display is configured to be displayed on the entire surface of the display unit 17 a of the effect display unit 17. By displaying a wider range than the direct notification display (left-handed notification display, right-handed notification display), the player can recognize the operation suggestion display. The display contents of the first operation suggestion display and the second operation suggestion display are not limited to the display contents of the continuation effect and the display contents of the end effect, and can be any display contents. .

(Regarding conditions for notifying the left-handed operation mode and the right-handed operation mode)
In the embodiment, a first operation error condition (first left-handed notification condition) is defined as a notification condition of a left-handed operation mode that is established when operated in a right-handed operation mode in an unchangeable state. The transition to the non-variable state with the end of the variable state or the winning game (specifically, the end of the eighth, ninth, seventeenth and eighteenth winning games won in the non-variable state) A left-handed transition condition (second left-handed notification condition) is defined as a notification condition of the left-handed operation form established as a trigger, and when these conditions are satisfied, the operation handle 16 is operated in the left-handed operation form. The operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are configured to notify the user of this. In the embodiment, the second operation error condition (first right-handed notification condition) is used as a notification condition of the right-handed operation mode that is established when the left-handed operation mode is operated in the variable state or the winning game. And a right-handed transition condition (second right-handed notification condition) is defined as a notification condition for a right-handed operation mode that is established when a shift to a variable state or a winning game is triggered. Is established, the operation mode notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify that the operation handle 16 is operated in the right-handed operation mode.

  Then, depending on each condition of the first operation error condition established in the non-variable state and the left shift condition established upon completion of the variable state, the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 A notification mode (notification display) for notification is determined, and the effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the operation in the left-handed operation mode in a mode according to the established condition. It is configured as follows. Here, when the operation in the left-handed operation mode is notified by the operation mode notifying unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 in response to the operation in the right-handed operation mode in the non-variable state, and in the variable state or the hit game The effect control CPU 65a is notified so that the operation in the left-handed operation mode is notified by the operation mode notifying unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 in response to the transition to the non-changeable state with the end of the operation. Is configured to control. In other words, when the first operation error condition is satisfied and when the left-handed transition condition is satisfied, the left-hand operation mode is notified in a different manner to appropriately prompt the user to change the operation mode. It is possible to inform the player of the state accurately.

  Specifically, in the embodiment, when it is triggered by a right-handed operation mode in the non-variable state (that is, the first operation error condition is satisfied), a predetermined notification time (second left During the left-handed notification mode (first mode), the operation mode notification unit 100 reports the operation in the left-handed operation mode and the left-handed notification mode. The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the operation in the left-handed operation mode in the left-handed error notification display (first mode). Then, when it is triggered by shifting to the non-changing state with the end of the variable state or winning game (that is, the left-handed shifting condition is established), a predetermined notification time (first left-handed notification time) ) During the left-handed notification mode (second mode) of the left-handed notification mode, the operation mode notification unit 100 reports the operation in the left-handed operation mode, and the left-handed mode of left-handed notification mode. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the operation in the left-handed operation mode in the transition notification display (second mode). That is, when notifying the operation in the left-handed operation mode triggered by the shift to the non-variable state with the end of the variable state or the winning game, the operation mode notification unit 100 is in the left-handed error notification mode. Since there is no notification, and the left-handed error notification display is not displayed on the effect display unit 17, the short-running error notification mode and the left-handed error notification display are used to notify the variable state and the winning game. Can be identified by the player.

  Similarly, depending on the conditions of the second operation error condition that is established in the variable state and the right-handed transition condition that is established by giving the variable state or a winning game, the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display The notification mode (notification display) to be notified by the unit 17 is determined, and the effect control CPU 65a notifies the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the operation in the right-handed operation mode in a mode according to the established condition. Configured to control. Here, when the game state is changed to the short state or the winning game, the operation in the right-handed operation mode is notified by the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17, and the left in the short state or the winning game. When the operation in the right-handed operation form is notified by the operation form notifying unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 when it is determined that the game is performed in the hitting operation form, the effect is to be notified in a different manner. The control CPU 65a is configured to control. That is, when the second operation error condition is satisfied and when the right-handed transition condition is satisfied, the right-handed operation form is notified in a different manner to appropriately prompt the user to change the operation form. In addition, the game status can be accurately reported to the player.

  Specifically, in the embodiment, when triggered by a left-handed operation mode in a variable state or a hit game (ie, establishment of the second operation error condition), a predetermined notification time (right-handed) Notification time), the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation in the right-handed operation mode in the right-handed error notification mode in the right-handed notification mode and the right-handed error notification display in the right-handed notification mode. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation in the right-handed operation mode. When the winning game is given (that is, the right-handed transition condition is established), the notification that is established when the determination by the main control CPU 60a is the determination result for the special figure becomes a trigger. Depending on the conditions, and when triggered by the fact that a variable state is given after the winning game (that is, the right-handed transition condition is satisfied), as will be described later, it is established corresponding to the given winning game. In accordance with the granting conditions, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation in the right-handed operation mode in the first and second right-handed transition notification modes in the right-handed notification mode, and The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation in the right-handed operation mode in the first and second right-handed notification displays. That is, when notifying the operation in the right-handed operation mode when triggered by the variable state or winning game, the operation mode notification unit 100 does not notify in the right-handed error notification mode, and the effect display unit Since the right-handed error notification display is not displayed in FIG. 17, the player can be notified that the short-running state or the winning game is being performed by notifying the right-handed error notification mode or the right-handed error notification display. Can be identified.

  Here, the main control CPU 60a allows the operation handle 16 to be operated in the left-handed operation mode when the pachinko ball passes through the first gate portion 41 arranged in the first sphere falling region 21a (detected by the first gate sensor 42). And the pachinko ball passes through the second gate portion 43 arranged in the second ball falling area 21b (detected by the second gate sensor 44), so that the operation handle 16 is in a right-handed operation mode. It is possible to determine that it is being operated. In this manner, the main control CPU 60a functions as an operation determination unit that can determine the operation form of the operation handle 16. That is, when the detection signal of the second gate sensor 44 is input to the main control CPU 60a in the non-change state, the first operation error condition is satisfied, and the first gate sensor 42 is detected in the change state or hit game. When the signal is input to the main control CPU 60a, the second operation error condition is satisfied. Then, when the detection signal of the second gate sensor 44 is input to the main control CPU 60a in the non-changeable state, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) receives the first operation error designation command (first operation error information). ) Is output to the effect control board 65, and the detection signal of the first gate sensor 42 is input to the main control CPU 60a in the variable state or the hit game, whereby the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) receives the second control signal. An operation error designation command (second operation error information) is configured to be output to the production control board 65, and the production control CPU 65a is configured to output the first operation error condition and the second operation error condition based on each operation error designation command. Can be identified.

  In other words, based on the first operation error designation command output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72. Thus, the effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit 100 are configured to notify in a mode (left-handed error notification mode, left-handed error notification display) corresponding to the first operation error condition. Similarly, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) sends a control command to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 based on the second operation error designation command output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). By outputting, the effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit 100 are configured to notify in a mode (right-handed error notification mode, right-handed error notification display) corresponding to the second operation error condition.

  In addition, the effect control board 65 (the effect control CPU 65a) has a special figure 1 or a special figure 2 (that is, symbols A to I, a to a special figure) as a final stop symbol based on a control process performed by the main control CPU 60a. i, a special figure designation command (special figure 1 designation command or special figure 2 designation command) for designating a special figure, a certain figure change command indicating that a certain change state is to be given, and a certain change state end condition has been satisfied. The probability change end command indicating (end of probability change state), the change grant command indicating that the change state is to be given, and the end condition of the change state has been satisfied with the passage of the change state grant period (change of the change state) A variable end command CMD7 indicating the end of the game, an opening specifying command CMD1 indicating the start of the hit game, a hit end specifying command CMD6 indicating the end of the hit game (elapse of the ending time), etc. This control command (control information) is input from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) according to the progress of the game. That is, it is possible to identify that the left-handed transition condition or the right-handed transition condition is satisfied based on a control command input according to the progress of the game.

  For example, the presentation control CPU 65a can identify that the left-handed transition condition for transitioning to the non-variable state with the termination of the variable state is satisfied by inputting the variable length end command CMD7. When the winning end designation command CMD6 is inputted after the special figure designation command corresponding to the winning game (eighth, ninth, seventeenth, eighteenth and eighteenth winning games) is inputted, the non-winning game ends. It can be identified that the left-handed transition condition for shifting to the variable state is satisfied. Further, the effect control CPU 65a establishes the right-handed transition condition triggered by the fact that the winning game is given based on the presence / absence of the input / output of the change giving command and the type of the special figure designation command corresponding to the special figure per symbol. Can be discriminated, and after a special figure designation command corresponding to a specific winning game (eighth, ninth, seventeenth, and eighteenth winning games) is inputted, a winning end designation command CMD6 is inputted, so that the winning game It is possible to identify that the left-handed transition condition for transitioning to the non-variable state is satisfied as the process ends. Note that the control command for determining whether the left-handed transition condition or the right-handed transition condition is satisfied is not limited to this, and is input from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) according to the progress of the game. The effect control CPU 65a can be configured to identify based on one or more control commands.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment notifies the operation in the left-handed operation mode triggered by the signal output (output of the control command) from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) to the effect control board 65. A case where the main control CPU 60a determines that the game is being played in the right-handed operation mode in the non-variable state, and a case where the operation in the left-handed operation mode is notified. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the left-handed operation mode in a different manner. Similarly, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, when the gaming state specified by the main control CPU 60a is changed to a variable state, the main control CPU 60a is informed of the operation in the right-handed operation mode and in the variable state. Triggering that it is determined that a game is being played in the left-handed operation mode, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are left-handed in a different manner. The effect control CPU 65a controls to notify the operation mode.

(Notification control of operation mode in variable state)
Next, in the case where the right-handed transition condition described above is satisfied, the notification control of the operation mode in the variable speed state will be specifically described. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, as described above, a plurality of grant conditions for assigning the variable state are determined for each hit game, and the right-hand state is determined according to the grant conditions established corresponding to the given win game. The hitting display unit 59 is combined with either or both of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 to notify that the operation handle 16 is operated in the right-handed operation mode (notification of the variable state). The That is, the condition for giving the variable state is a notification condition (notification condition for variable time) that specifies a notification form for notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 in the variable state. Here, as described above, the right-handed display unit 59 controls the main control CPU 60a to notify that the game state is suitable for the left-handed gaming state by turning off the LED lamp in the non-changeable state. Then, the main control CPU 60a controls the main control CPU 60a to notify that the game state is suitable for playing the game with the operation handle 16 as the second operation mode by turning on the LED lamp in the variable state. That is, the right-handed display unit 59 is controlled by the main control CPU 60a to notify the variable state (specific game state) in which the operation handle 16 is in the second operation mode in the same notification mode (that is, the LED lamp is lit). In other words, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode continuously during the variable state when one of the application conditions for applying the variable state is established according to the special figure. The form is informed. Further, the right-handed display unit 59 is controlled by the main control CPU 60a so that the LED lamp is turned off with the end of the variable speed state.

  As shown in FIG. 11, the operation mode notifying unit 100 uses the switching notification unit 101 and the right-handed notification unit 103 based on the control of the effect control CPU 65 a when giving the variable state. The right-handed transition notification mode or the second right-handed transition notification mode can be used for notification. In other words, the operation form notifying unit 100 is configured to be able to notify the variable state (specific game state) operated in the right-handed operation form in a plurality of different notification forms, and is established corresponding to the given winning game It is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as to notify in any notification manner based on the conditions (see FIGS. 15 and 17). Specifically, the first right-handed transition is made in the operation mode notifying unit 100 (the switching notifying unit 101 and the right-handed notifying unit 103) within the granting conditions that are determined to give the variable state after the winning game. Conditions for giving the variable state that can be notified in the notification mode, and conditions for adding the variable state that can be notified in the second right-handed transition notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 (the switching notification unit 101 and the right-handed notification unit 103) The operation form notifying unit 100 is configured to notify in the first right-handed transition notification mode or the second right-handed transition notification mode according to the established grant condition. In addition, as shown in FIG. 15, the operating condition notifying unit 100 refers to the provision condition of the variable state that can be notified in the first right-handed transition notifying mode as the first providing condition group, and the operating condition notifying unit 100 There is a case where the provision condition of the variable state that can be notified in the second right-handed transition notification mode is referred to as a second provision condition group. That is, the first and second grant condition groups are a set of one or a plurality of grant conditions for granting a variable state determined for each hit game (for each symbol per special figure).

(About the first grant condition group)
Here, as shown in FIG. 15, in the first grant condition group, the first group hit game is triggered by the fact that the determination per special figure performed in the non-changed state becomes the determination result per special figure. In the embodiment, a granting condition for granting a variable state is included on the condition that a winning game corresponding to the symbols G and g per special figure is determined. That is, when any of the grant conditions included in the first grant condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a variable state after the winning game, the operation form notifying unit 100 makes the first right-handed transition. It is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to notify in the notification mode. Further, when any of the grant conditions included in the first grant condition group is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 continues to be the first while the variable state is applied (during the variable state). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to notify in the right-handed transition notification mode.
In other words, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the first right-handed transition notification mode, so that the variable state is given after the elapse of a first notification switching period (in the embodiment, the number of variable times is one). The player cannot be identified from the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100. Therefore, when the operation mode notification unit 100 is notified in the first right-handed transition notification mode, the winning opportunity (change state) to the second start winning unit 28 may end in a short period of time. Can be made to recognize by the player, and the player can select whether to launch a pachinko ball in the right-handed game form. In other words, it is possible that switching from the right-handed game form to the left-handed game form may be required by the operation form notifying unit 100 notifying in the first right-handed transition notification mode, It is possible to report from between. In addition, by notifying in the first right-handed transition notification mode that is inconspicuous in the operation mode notification unit 100, it is assumed that the right-handed gaming mode or the left-handed gaming mode is assumed, and the left-handed gaming mode is assumed. The player can appropriately select whether to watch the progress of the game without launching the pachinko ball.

  Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a causes the lamp to be notified in the first right-handed transition notification mode by outputting a hit end designation command CMD6 from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the end of the hit game. A control command is output to the control board 72, and with the lapse of the first notification switching period (end of one symbol variation effect (special diagram variation display)) from the end of the hit game (start of giving the variable state) When the end condition of the variable state is satisfied (the provision period of the variable state has elapsed), the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs the variable end command CMD7, so that the first right-handed transition is made. The effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72 to control the operation mode notifying unit 100 so as to end the notification in the notification mode.

  Here, when the change end command CMD7 is output, the state shifts to the non-change state (left-handed transfer condition is satisfied), and thus the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a associated with the output of the change end command CMD7. ) Is controlled by the lamp control board 72 so that the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the left-handed operation mode in the left-handed shift notification mode. In this way, the control command (variation end command CMD7) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) in accordance with the transition of the gaming state (transition from the variable state to the non-variable state) is an operation mode. It functions as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the notification unit 100. Here, based on the input of the special figure variation pattern designation command and the all symbols stop command, the effect control CPU 65a determines whether the provision period of the variable state has passed (the transition of the gaming state), and the transition of the gaming state The notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 associated with (shift from the variable state to the non-variable state) can also be switched. That is, the special symbol variation pattern designation command and the all symbol stop command function as notification information (notification signal) instructing notification by the operation mode notification unit 100 and also function as switching information instructing switching of the notification mode. Is. It should be noted that the effect control CPU 65a can determine whether or not the change period grant period has elapsed based on the variation counter CN provided in the effect control board 65.

(About the second grant condition group)
Further, in the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15, the second group of grant conditions includes, as an opportunity, the determination per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. A granting condition for adding a variable state is included on condition that a winning game of the game (in the embodiment, a winning game corresponding to symbols A to C, E, a to c, e per special figure) is determined. . The second grant condition group includes a third group hit game (in the embodiment, a symbol per special figure) when the judgment per special figure performed in the variable state becomes a judgment result per special figure. A granting condition for granting a variable state on condition that a winning game corresponding to A to I and a to i is determined is included. That is, when any of the grant conditions included in the second grant condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a variable state after the winning game, the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies the second right-handed transition notification. It is controlled by the production control CPU 65a so as to notify in a manner. If any of the granting conditions included in the second granting condition group is satisfied, the operation mode notifying unit 100 continues to the second right while the variable state is applied (during the variable state). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to notify in the strike transition notification mode. That is, when the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in the second right-handed transition notification mode, a change state with a change number longer than the first notification switching period (one change number in the embodiment) is given. The player can grasp this fact. Accordingly, when the operation form notification unit 100 is notified in the second right-handed transition notification mode, the player is made aware that the winning opportunity to the second start winning part 28 will continue for a long time, and the right-handed game form. The player can be urged to launch a pachinko ball in As described above, the provision condition of the variable state included in the second provision condition group is a notification switching condition for specifying a notification switching timing (switching timing) for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100.

  Specifically, the effect control CPU 65a causes the lamp to be notified in the first right-handed transition notification mode by outputting a hit end designation command CMD6 from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the end of the hit game. A control command is output to the control board 72, and a change period grant period corresponding to each grant condition has elapsed (in this case, 5, 25, 65) When the end condition of the change state is satisfied with the end of the symbol change effect (special view change display), the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs the change end command CMD7. The effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72 to control the operation mode notifying unit 100 so as to end the notification in the right-handed transition notification mode. Here, when the change end command CMD7 is output, the state shifts to the non-change state (left-handed transfer condition is satisfied), and thus the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a associated with the output of the change end command CMD7. ) Is controlled by the lamp control board 72 so that the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation in the left-handed operation mode in the left-handed transition notification mode. In this way, the control command (variation end command CMD7) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) in accordance with the transition of the gaming state (transition from the variable state to the non-variable state) is an operation mode. It functions as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the notification unit 100. As described above, the presentation control CPU 65a determines whether or not the provision period of the variable state has passed (the transition of the gaming state) based on the input of the special symbol variation pattern designation command or all symbol stop commands, It is also possible to switch the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 accompanying the transition of the gaming state (shift from the variable state to the non-variable state).

  In addition, the variable condition grant condition included in the second grant condition group is different from the notification switch condition in which the notification switching timing (switching timing, that is, the variable period grant period) of the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is different. It has become. That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment outputs from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) at a notification switching timing determined according to an application condition (notification switching condition) that is established when a determination result per special figure is obtained. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to be controllable so as to change the notification mode and notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 based on the change end command CMD7.

(About the 3rd grant condition group)
Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification form in the operation form notification unit 100 is changed from the start of the provision of the shortening state within the provisioning conditions for determining that the shortening state is imparted after the winning game. The grant conditions to be changed according to the period are defined. That is, when notifying the change state, the operation form notification unit 100 notifies the change state according to the elapsed time from the start of the change state based on the grant condition established corresponding to the awarded game. The effect control CPU 65a can be controlled so as to change and notify. Here, the provision condition of the variable state controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as to change the notification mode in the operation form notification unit 100 may be referred to as a third provision condition group. This third grant condition group is a set consisting of one or a plurality of grant conditions for granting a variable state determined for each hit game (for each symbol per special figure). The three grant condition groups include a plurality of grant conditions.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 15, the third grant condition group of the embodiment has the fourth group of conditions triggered by the fact that the judgment per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the judgment result per special figure. A granting condition for giving a variable state is included on condition that a winning game (in the embodiment, a winning game corresponding to symbols D, F, d, and f per special figure) is determined. That is, when any of the grant conditions included in the third grant condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants the variable state after the winning game, the notification is made according to the elapsed period from the start of the variable state. The operation mode notifying unit 100 is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as to change the mode. Here, when any of the grant conditions included in the third grant condition group is satisfied, any notification is made in the operation mode notification unit 100 while the variable state is applied (during the variable state). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to notify in a manner. That is, when any of the grant conditions included in the third grant condition group is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 has the same notification mode before and after the operation mode notification unit 100 changes and notifies the notification mode. Is controlled by the main control CPU 60a. As described above, the provision condition of the variable state included in the third provision condition group is a notification switching condition for specifying a notification switching timing (switching timing) for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100.

  More specifically, in the embodiment, when any of the grant conditions included in the third grant condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants the variable state after the winning game, The production control CPU 65a controls the operation form notifying unit 100 so as to notify in the first right-handed transition notification mode with the start of giving the variable state due to the end of the corresponding hit game, and from the start of the application of the variable state. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notifying unit 100 so as to notify in the second right-handed transition notifying mode after the elapse of one notification switching period. That is, when the fourth, sixth, thirteenth, and fifteenth winning games are given in response to the special figure in the non-variable state, until the first notification switching period after the winning game. During the period, the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in an inconspicuous notification mode (first right-handed transition notification mode), so that the winning opportunity to the second start winning unit 28 may end in a short period of time. Can be urged by the player to launch a pachinko ball in the right-handed game configuration, and after the first notification switching period, a noticeable notification mode (second right-handed In the transition notification mode), the operation form notification unit 100 notifies the player that the winning opportunity to the second start winning part 28 continues for a long time, and the pachinko ball is launched in the right-handed game form. The player can be prompted. Here, the first notification switching period is a period during which the main control CPU 60a gives the variable state when any of the grant conditions included in the first grant condition group is satisfied (that is, one time after winning game) The period until the symbol variation effect (special symbol variation display) is confirmed and stopped). Therefore, during the first notification switching period in which the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the first right-handed transition notification mode, whether or not the variable state continues cannot be identified from the operation mode notification unit 100, and the operation Interest in the notification mode of the form notification unit 100 can be collected.

  Here, among the grant conditions included in the third grant condition group, the per-special symbol D, d is triggered by the fact that the per-special symbol determination performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special symbol. When the variable condition grant condition is satisfied by determining the corresponding fourth or thirteenth winning game by the main control CPU 60a, as described above, the variable condition grant period (number of variable times) is set. 25 times are determined by the main control CPU 60a. That is, in this case, the operation mode notifying unit 100 notifies in the second right-handed transition notification mode until the special figure change display is performed 24 times after the first notification switching period has elapsed. On the other hand, among the grant conditions included in the third grant condition group, the per-special symbols F and f are triggered by the fact that the per-special symbol judgment performed in the non-variable state becomes the judgment result per special symbol. If the provision condition for the variable state is established by determining the corresponding sixth or fifteenth winning game) by the main control CPU 60a, as described above, the provision period of the variable state (number of variable times) Is determined by the main control CPU 60a. That is, in this case, the operation mode notifying unit 100 notifies in the second right-handed transition notification mode until the special figure change display is performed four times after the first notification switching period has elapsed. Thus, from the operation mode notification unit 100, how long the variable state continues after the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 changes from the first right-handed transition notification mode to the second right-handed transition notification mode. It is not possible to identify them, and it is possible to gather interest in the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100.

  Specifically, when the winning game is finished, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs a hitting end designation command CMD6, so that the effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72 and the first control command is issued. To perform notification in the right-handed transition notification mode. Then, after the end of the winning game (starting to give the variable state), the first notification switching period has elapsed (the end of one symbol variation effect (special symbol variation display)) and then (in this case, the second variation) A control command (for example, a special figure fluctuation pattern designation command) indicating execution of the symbol fluctuation effect (special figure fluctuation display) is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), so that the presentation control CPU 65a has the lamp control board 72. And a control command is output to be notified in the second right-handed transition notification mode. In other words, the control command (special figure variation pattern designation command) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. Here, whether the notification switching period has elapsed can be determined by the effect control CPU 65a based on the variation counter CN provided in the effect control board 65.

  In addition, all symbol stop commands output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) for displaying the symbol combination to be confirmed and stopped are used as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. It is also possible for the effect control CPU 65a to determine that the first notification switching period has elapsed based on the symbol stop command and to switch the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. That is, the special figure variation pattern designation command and the all symbols stop command function as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 without accompanying the gaming state.

  In addition, the condition for granting the variable state included in the third grant condition group is a game state in which the notification switching timing of the notification form of the operation form notification unit 100 is the same (specifically, during the provision of the variable state). ) Is the notification switching condition set. That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment outputs from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) at a notification switching timing determined according to an application condition (notification switching condition) that is established when a determination result per special figure is obtained. The effect control CPU 65a can be controlled to change the notification mode during the application of the variable state and notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 based on the control command (special pattern variation pattern designation command or all symbols stop command) It is configured.

  In this way, the hit end designation command CMD6 functions as a notification signal output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) to the effect control board 65 in the right-handed gaming state operated in the right-handed operation mode. The effect control CPU 65a is controlled to notify the right-handed operation mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 based on the hit end designation command CMD6 as the notification signal input to the effect control board 65.

  Here, as described above, the hit game corresponding to the symbols D and d per special figure (first specific game) is triggered by the fact that the special figure determination performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. When the variable control state grant condition (grant condition included in the third grant condition group) is established by the main control CPU 60a being determined by the main control CPU 60a, the special figure hit determination performed in the non-variable state is performed. As a result of the determination per special figure, the main control CPU 60a determines the winning game (second specific winning game) corresponding to the special symbols B, C, b, and c per special figure. The variable state is given in the first specific grant period (25 times) that is the same as when the grant condition (grant condition included in the second grant condition group) is satisfied. Similarly, the hit game corresponding to the symbols F and f per special figure (first specific hit game) is triggered by the fact that the determination per special figure performed in the above-mentioned non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. Is determined by the main control CPU 60a, and the special per-figure determination performed in the non-variable state is performed per special figure when the provision condition for the variable state (the provision condition included in the third provision condition group) is satisfied. As a result of the determination result, the winning game (second specific winning game) corresponding to the symbols E and e per special figure is determined by the main control CPU 60a, so that the grant condition of the variable state (second The variable state is given in the same second specific grant period (five times) as when the grant condition included in the grant condition group is satisfied.

  That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has the first specific grant period or the second specific after the first specific hit game (specifically, the fourth, sixth, thirteenth, and fifteenth win games). When the variable state is applied in the provision period, the first right-handed transition notification mode is notified along with the start of the application of the variable state, and the first notification switching period from the start of the variable state is provided. The presentation control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control the operation form notifying unit 100 so as to notify in the second right-handed transition notification mode after the elapse of time, and the second specific hit game (specifically, the second, third, (5th, 10th, 11th, 14th winning game) After a specific game state is granted in the first specific grant period or the second specific grant period, The effect control CPU 65a operates the operation form so as to notify in the right-handed transition notification mode of 2. The state notification unit 100 is configured to be controllable. Thus, when giving a variable state in the same grant period (the first specific grant period or the second specific grant period), the notification mode in the second right-handed transition notification mode is changed. Therefore, interest in the second right-handed transition notification mode and the period in which the variable state continues is increased.

  Further, in the embodiment, any of the grant conditions included in the second and third grant condition groups is satisfied and a winning game (a specific type of winning game, that is, the first to sixth, eighth in the embodiment). To 15th, 16th to 18th win games), and when the variable state is given as a trigger, the variable state is changed from the variable state to the non-variable state with the passage of the variable state grant period. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation form notifying unit 100 so as to notify in the left-handed notification mode corresponding to the non-changeable state. In other words, when the variable state continues for a certain period (granting period of the variable state) and then shifts to the non-variable state, the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in the left-handed notification form. The player is prevented from continuing the game in the right-handed operation mode as it is. On the other hand, in the embodiment, any one of the grant conditions included in the first grant condition group is satisfied and a winning game (second specific type of winning game, that is, in the embodiment, the seventh, sixteenth When a change state is given when a winning game is given, an operation is performed for a predetermined period when the change state changes from the change state to the non-change state as the change state is given. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the form notifying unit 100 to be in a non-notifying mode. That is, when the variable speed state ends once, the operation mode notifying unit 100 does not report in the left-handed notification mode in accordance with the transition to the non-variable state. A player can play a game that is not conscious of switching. In the embodiment, if any of the granting conditions included in the first granting condition group is satisfied and the variable state is given after the winning game, a predetermined period of time has passed since the transition to the non-variable state. After the elapse, the effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify in the left-handed notification mode. Here, the period until the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in the left-handed notification form can be a period until a predetermined variation number (for example, three times) of the symbol variation effect is performed. As described above, after the predetermined period has elapsed, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the player in a left-handed notification mode, so that the player can be surely recognized that the state is not changed.

(About the notification display on the effect display unit 17)
Also, as shown in FIG. 12, the effect display unit 17 provides the first right-handed transition notification display or the second right-handed transition notification based on the control of the effect control CPU 65a when giving the variable state. Any notification display can be displayed. Specifically, among the grant conditions for which it is determined to give the variable state after the winning game, the variable condition grant condition that can display the first right-handed transition notification display on the effect display unit 17; In the effect display unit 17, a condition for giving a variable state that can display the second right-handed transition notification display is determined, and the first right-handed transition notification display or the second right-handed display is selected according to the established granting condition. The effect display unit 17 is configured to be able to notify by a strike transition notification display. In addition, as shown in FIG. 15, the provision condition of the variable state that can display the first right-handed transition notification display on the effect display unit 17 is referred to as a fourth provision condition group. The right / left transition notification display condition that can display the right-handed transition notification display is sometimes referred to as a fifth provision condition group. That is, the fourth and fifth grant condition groups are a set of one or a plurality of grant conditions for granting a variable state determined for each winning game (for each symbol per special figure). In the embodiment, the grant conditions included in the fourth and fifth grant condition groups are set to overlap any of the grant conditions included in the second grant condition group, and the fourth and fifth grant condition groups If the grant condition included in the second grant condition group is met, the alert condition by the operation form notifying unit 100 and the alert by the effect display unit 17 can be executed simultaneously. It has become. In addition, the fourth and fifth provision condition groups are the provision conditions (second specific provision conditions) of the variable state controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as not to change the notification display on the effect display unit 17.

(About the 4th grant condition group)
Here, as shown in FIG. 15, in the fourth grant condition group, the hit game of the fifth group is triggered by the fact that the judgment per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the judgment result per special figure. In the embodiment, a granting condition for granting a variable state is included on the condition that the winning game corresponding to the symbols B and b per special figure is determined. That is, when any of the grant conditions included in the fourth grant condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a variable state after the winning game, the effect display unit 17 displays the first right-handed transition notification display. Is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a. In addition, when any of the grant conditions included in the fourth grant condition group is satisfied, the effect display unit 17 continues to be the first while the variable state is applied (during the variable state). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to notify with a right-handed transition notification display.

Further, the grant conditions included in the fourth grant condition group are set so as to overlap with the grant conditions included in the second grant condition group, and the first notification switching period (in the embodiment, the number of times of change) The player can grasp that a change state with a longer number of changes has been given. Therefore, when the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17, the player is made aware that the winning opportunity to the second start winning unit 28 continues for a long time, and in the right-handed game form. The player can be encouraged to launch a pachinko ball. In addition, when the grant conditions not included in the fourth and fifth grant condition groups are satisfied among the grant conditions included in the second grant condition group, at least immediately after the end of the winning game (the first The effect control CPU 65a controls not to display the first and second right-handed transition notification displays on the effect display unit 17 during the notification switching period. That is, when the operation form notification unit 100 notifies in the second right-handed transition notification mode along with the end of the winning game and displays the first right-handed transition notification display on the effect display unit 17, 25 times of that until JP diagram variable display is performed in which the variable short condition is applied while the player may identify the second right-handed shifts reported in the control mode informing unit 100 at the end of the per game If the first and second right-handed transition notification displays are not displayed on the effect display unit 17 while the notification is made in the form, the player can accurately determine the granting period (5 times or 25 times) of the short state after the winning game Cannot be identified. In this way, the right-handed game while increasing the player's interest in continuing the variable state depending on whether or not the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 as the winning game ends. A player can be prompted to launch a pachinko ball in the form.

  Specifically, when the winning game is ended, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs a winning end designation command CMD6, so that the effect control CPU 65a displays the first right-handed transition notification display. The control command is output to the control board 70, and the lapse of the variable state grant period according to each grant condition from the end of the hit game (start of grant of the variable state) (in this case, 25 symbol variation effects (special When the end condition of the change state is satisfied with the end of the figure change display), the change control end command CMD7 is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), so that the first right-handed transition notification is issued. The effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the display control board 70 to control the effect display unit 17 so as to end the display notification.

  Here, when the change end command CMD7 is output, the state shifts to the non-change state (left-handed transfer condition is satisfied), so that the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a accompanying the output of the change end command CMD7) ) Is controlled by the display control board 70 so that the effect display unit 17 notifies the left-handed operation mode in the left-handed transition notification display. In this way, the control command (variation end command CMD7) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the transition of the gaming state (transition from the variable state to the non-variable state) is an effect display. It functions as switching information for instructing switching of the notification mode in the unit 17. Here, based on the input of the special figure variation pattern designation command and the all symbols stop command, the effect control CPU 65a determines whether the provision period of the variable state has passed (the transition of the gaming state), and the transition of the gaming state It is also possible to switch the notification display on the effect display unit 17 that accompanies (shift from the variable state to the non-variable state). In other words, the special symbol variation pattern designation command and all symbol stop commands function as notification information (notification signal) for instructing notification on the effect display unit 17 and also as switching information for instructing switching of notification display. Is. It should be noted that the effect control CPU 65a can determine whether or not the change period grant period has elapsed based on the variation counter CN provided in the effect control board 65.

(About the 5th grant condition group)
In addition, in the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15, the fifth group of grant conditions includes the sixth group triggered by the fact that the judgment per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the judgment result per special figure. A granting condition for granting a variable state is included on the condition that a winning game (in the embodiment, a winning game corresponding to the special symbol per symbol A, a) is determined. That is, when any of the grant conditions included in the fifth grant condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants the variable state after the winning game, the notification is made according to the elapsed time from the start of the variable state. The effect display unit 17 is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to change the display. Here, when any of the provision conditions included in the fifth provision condition group is satisfied, any notification display is made on the effect display unit 17 while the variable state is applied (during the variable state). The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to notify the user. That is, when any of the provision conditions included in the fifth provision condition group is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 is in the same notification mode before and after the notification display is changed and notified in the effect display unit 17. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify. As described above, the variable condition provision condition included in the fifth provision condition group is a notification switching condition for specifying a display switching timing (switching timing) for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17.

  More specifically, in the embodiment, when any of the grant conditions included in the fifth grant condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants the variable state after the winning game, The production control CPU 65a controls the production display unit 17 so as to notify the second right-handed transition notification display in accordance with the start of provision of the variable state due to the end of the corresponding hit game. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the first right-handed transition notification display after the display period has elapsed. Here, the display time for displaying the second right-handed transition notification display on the effect display unit 17 is set to be shorter than the change time of the symbol change effect performed on the effect display unit 17, and the symbol change effect is performed. In the middle, the display of the effect display unit 17 is switched to the second right-hand notification display and the first right-hand notification display. Specifically, the display time is set to a time shorter than the shortest change time (2.5 seconds in the embodiment) among the change times defined in the special figure change pattern that can be determined by the main control CPU 60a in the change state. Is done. That is, by notifying with the second right-handed transition notification display on the effect display unit 17, the player is made to recognize that the longest number of times of change has been given within the assignable grant period. The player can be prompted to launch a pachinko ball in the right-handed game form. Then, after the predetermined display period has elapsed, the inconspicuous first right-handed transition notification display is displayed in the inconspicuous second launch operation notification area 206B, while notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16. The display of the operation form is prevented from obstructing the effect display of the symbol variation effect performed in the effect display unit 17, and the interest in the symbol variation effect is increased.

  Specifically, as the winning game ends, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs a hit end designation command CMD6, so that the presentation control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the display control board 70, and the second Control is performed so as to notify the right-handed transition notification display. Then, when a predetermined display period elapses from the end of the hit game (start of giving of the short state), the effect control CPU 65a outputs a control command to the display control board 70 and is notified by the first right-handed transition notification display. Configured to control. Then, from the end of the hit game (start of giving of the variable state) to the passage of the variable state grant period according to each grant condition (in this case, the end of 65 symbol variation production (special figure variation display)) Accordingly, when the end condition of the variable state is satisfied, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) outputs the variable end command CMD7 so that the notification in the first right-handed shift notification display is terminated. The effect control CPU 65 a is configured to output a control command to the display control board 70 to control the effect display unit 17. Here, switching to the first right-handed transition notification display can be performed by measuring a predetermined display period by the timer means provided in the effect control board 65 from the input of the hit end designation command CMD6. That is, the control command (hit end designation command CMD6) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as switching information instructing switching of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100. As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, in accordance with the control command (hit end designation command CMD6) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), provides a notification mode (notification display) while the variable state is being applied. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to be controllable so as to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 by changing ().

(About the 6th grant condition group)
Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification display on the effect display unit 17 is performed in the elapsed time from the start of the provision of the variable state, within the provision conditions for determining that the variable state is provided after the winning game. The granting conditions to be changed depending on In other words, the effect display unit 17 provides a notification display according to the elapsed time from the start of the application of the variable state based on the application condition established corresponding to the awarded game when the variable state is notified. The effect control CPU 65a can be controlled to change. Here, there is a case where the provision condition (second specific provision condition) in the variable state controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to change the notification display on the effect display unit 17 is referred to as a sixth provision condition group. This sixth grant condition group is a set consisting of one or a plurality of grant conditions for granting a variable state determined for each hit game (for each symbol per special figure). The six grant condition groups include a plurality of grant conditions.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 15, in the sixth provision condition group of the embodiment, the fourth group is triggered by the fact that the determination per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. A granting condition for giving a variable state is included on condition that the same winning game as the winning game (in the embodiment, a winning game corresponding to symbols D, F, d, and f per special figure) is determined. . The grant conditions included in the sixth grant condition group match the grant conditions included in the third grant condition group. When any of the granting conditions included in the sixth granting condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a variable state after the winning game, the effect display unit 17 displays the first right-handed transition notification display. Is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a. That is, when any of the granting conditions included in the sixth granting condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants the variable state after the winning game, the notification is made according to the elapsed period from the start of the provision of the variable state. The effect display unit 17 is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to change the display. As described above, the condition for providing the variable state included in the sixth provision condition group is a notification switching condition for specifying the display switching timing (switching timing) for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17.

  More specifically, in the embodiment, when any of the grant conditions included in the sixth grant condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants the variable state after the winning game, The production control CPU 65a controls the production display unit 17 so as not to display the first and second right-handed transition notification displays with the start of the application of the variable state due to the end of the corresponding hit game, and the application of the variable state is started. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to display the first right-handed transition notification display after the elapse of a predetermined period.

  Here, the predetermined period from the start of changing state to the first right-handed transition notification display is set to coincide with the first notification switching period. That is, when the fourth, sixth, thirteenth, and fifteenth winning games are given in response to the special figure in the non-variable state, until the first notification switching period after the winning game. During this period, by not displaying the first and second right-handed transition notification displays on the effect display unit 17, it is possible that the winning opportunity to the second start winning unit 28 may end in a short period of time. While allowing the player to recognize, the operation form notifying unit 100 prompts the player to launch a pachinko ball in the right-handed game form, and the operation form notifying unit 100 after the first notification switching period has elapsed. By displaying the first right-handed transition notification display on the effect display unit 17 in addition to the notification of the right-handed game form, the player can recognize that the winning opportunity to the second start winning unit 28 will continue for a long time. Encourage players to launch pachinko balls It can be. In this way, by matching the period from the start of giving the variable state to the display of the first right-handed transition notification display with the first notification switching period in which the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is switched, 2 It becomes possible to impress the player strongly on the change of the winning opportunity to the starting winning portion 28.

  Specifically, the first notification switching period elapses after the hit end designation command CMD6 is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) with the end of the hit game (one symbol change effect (special figure change)). Control command (for example, a special pattern variation pattern designation command) indicating execution of the next (in this case, the second variation) symbol variation effect (special pattern variation display) is displayed on the main control board 60 (main control). By being output from the CPU 60a), the effect control CPU 65a is configured to output a control command to the display control board 70 and control to notify the first right-handed transition notification display. In other words, the control command (special pattern fluctuation pattern designation command) output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) instructs switching from the non-display state of the notification display on the effect display unit 17 to the display state. It functions as information. Here, whether the notification switching period has elapsed can be determined by the effect control CPU 65a based on the variation counter CN provided in the effect control board 65. As described above, the all symbol stop command output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) can be used as switching information for instructing switching of the notification display on the effect display unit 17.

  In this way, the hit end designation command CMD6 functions as a notification signal output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) to the effect control board 65 in the right-handed gaming state operated in the right-handed operation mode. The effect control CPU 65a is controlled to notify the right-handed operation mode in the effect display unit 17 based on the hit end designation command CMD6 as the notification signal input to the effect control board 65.

  In addition, in the embodiment, the grant conditions included in the first grant condition group (the hit game of the first group triggered by the judgment per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the judgment result per special figure ( In the embodiment, determining that the winning game corresponding to the symbols G and g per special figure is determined) displays a right-handed notification display (first or second right-handed transition notification display) on the effect display unit 17. It is not set as a condition. That is, when the seventh or sixteenth winning game (design symbol G, g) is determined in the non-changed state, a right-handed notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 in the changed state after the winning game. Do not show. That is, it is possible to prompt the player to launch a pachinko ball in the right-handed game form according to the display form and display timing of the right-handed notification display displayed on the effect display unit 17 in the shortened state after the winning game.

  That is, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment provides the variable state when the first specific application condition (specifically, the fourth or fifth application condition group) is satisfied and the variable state is applied. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control the effect display unit 17 so as to display a right-handed notification display (first or second right-handed transition notification display) from the start of the state application, and the second specific application condition ( Specifically, when the variable state is applied when the sixth provision condition group) is satisfied, a right-handed notification display (first right-handed transition) after a predetermined period has elapsed since the start of the application of the variable state. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to display (notification display). In this way, by changing the notification timing of the change state by the effect display unit 17 according to the established application condition, the notification of the operation form notification unit 100 increases the interest in the period of the provided change state. By prompting the player to launch a pachinko ball in a right-handed game form, the player can play a game in accordance with the grant period of the variable state.

(Regarding notification control of operation mode in winning game)
Next, in the case where the right-handed transition condition described above is satisfied, the notification control of the operation mode in the winning game will be specifically described. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 according to a notification condition (hit-time notification condition) established when the determination per special figure by the main control CPU 60a becomes a determination result per special figure. And the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is defined, and when a winning game is given after the end of the symbol variation effect (special symbol variation display), a notification mode (surface display) according to the established hit time notification condition Thus, the operation form of the operation handle 16 is notified. Here, as described above, the right-handed display unit 59 turns off the LED lamp when the hit game is not being performed, and notifies the main control CPU 60a that the game state is suitable for the left-handed game state. When the winning game is being performed, the main control CPU 60a controls the main control CPU 60a to turn on the LED lamp to notify that the gaming state is suitable for the right-handed gaming state. That is, the right-handed display unit 59 displays the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode when a winning game for opening and closing the special prize-winning unit 36 (a hit game with the operating handle 16 as a right-handed operation mode) is determined. Is controlled by the main control CPU 60a. In other words, the right-handed display unit 59 of the embodiment continuously uses the same notification mode while the winning game is performed on condition that the determination per special figure becomes the determination result per special figure and the winning game starts. It has come to inform. Here, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) instructs the effect control board 65 to start a game at the timing of outputting a control signal for turning on the LED lamp to the right-handed display unit 59. Information (opening command) is output.

  In the embodiment, the game state when the determination result per special figure and the type of symbol per special figure determined based on the determination result per special figure (that is, the determined type of hit game) The hit notification condition is determined according to the notification condition, and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 are determined for each hit notification condition. That is, the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 is determined at least for the type of winning game. Here, in the embodiment, five types of hit notification conditions (hereinafter referred to as first to first) based on the game state when the determination result per special figure and the type of symbol (special game) per special figure are obtained. 5), and the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified by the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in a manner corresponding to the established hit time notification condition. It has become. In the embodiment, a plurality of modes (first or second right-handed transition notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100, first or second right-handed transition notification in the effect display unit 17 in accordance with the start of the winning game. The operation mode notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as to notify in any one of the modes of (display).

(Regarding the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the first hit notification condition is satisfied)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment uses, as a first hit time notification condition, that a predetermined hit game is determined when the determination per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes a determination result per special figure. It has been established. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, the winning games corresponding to the special symbols per symbol A and a included in the second group and the sixth group described above are the winning games satisfying the first hit notification condition. Is set. Then, when the first hit notification condition is established and the main control CPU 60a gives a winning game after the symbol variation effect, as shown in FIG. It is configured to be controlled by the effect control CPU 65a to emit light in the notification mode and the second right-handed transition notification mode to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. That is, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified by changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 according to the elapsed time from the start of the hit game. The control CPU 65a can be controlled. That is, the first hit time notification condition is determined as a notification switching condition for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100, and the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 is established when the first hit time notification condition is satisfied. The notification switching timing (switching timing) for a predetermined number of times for switching modes is specified, and the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified by changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 at the notification switching timing. It is supposed to be. As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, when the first hit time notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 is not changed before and after the operation mode notification unit 100 changes the notification mode. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a hit game, a predetermined notification start timing with the start of the hit game. The operation mode notification unit 100 starts notification in the first right-handed transition notification mode at (start timing), and becomes the first notification switching timing from the start of the winning game (the notification switching period elapses). The operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in a right-handed transition notification mode, and the effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to end the notification in the operation form notifying unit 100 when a predetermined notification end timing (end timing) is reached. ing. When the first hit time notification condition is satisfied, the start time of winning game is set as the notification start timing, and the end time of winning game (the ending time has elapsed) is set as the notification end timing.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, the first notification switching timing for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the first hit notification condition is established is set before the start of the first round game. ing. That is, in the embodiment, when the first hit time notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 is different in the notification mode between the opening time and the first round game performed after the opening time elapses. It is configured to notify. In the embodiment, the time when the opening time elapses (start of the first round) is set as the notification switching timing.

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the first winning notification condition is satisfied, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a when the winning game starts, and the opening time The round designation command CMD2 that designates the start of the first round game that is output from the main control CPU 60a by passing (notification switching timing) and the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when the ending time has elapsed. On the basis of the hit end designation command CMD6, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, so that a notification mode corresponding to the elapsed time from the start of the hit game is provided. Control that the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16 It is. That is, in the winning game accompanying the establishment of the first winning notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is notification instruction information for instructing the start of notification in the operation form notifying unit 100 associated with the winning game. The round designation command CMD2 that functions and is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as notification switching information (switching information) that instructs switching of the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 in a winning game. . Thus, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output the notice switching information to the effect control board 65 at the notice switching timing when the first hitting notice condition is satisfied. The control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control the operation mode notifying unit 100 so as to change and notify the notification mode based on the input of the notification switching information. Similarly, when the second to fifth hit-time notification conditions are satisfied, the effect control CPU 65a changes the notification mode based on the input of the notification switching information output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). To inform you.

  Here, in the hit game in which the first hit notification condition is established, the period from the notification start timing to the first notification switching timing (the period until the opening time elapses) is the other hit notification condition (specifically Specifically, the first notification specification that is notified by the operation mode notification unit 100 in the same notification mode (first right-handed transition notification mode) in the same period of the winning game in which the second to fourth winning notification conditions are established. It is a period (specific period), and is configured such that the notification mode in the period after the first notification specific period is different. As described above, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern (specifically, the second pattern that is switched when the opening time elapses) is different from when the other hit notification condition is satisfied. By changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 in a pattern in which the right-handed transition notification mode is continued until the end of the hit game), a specific game state (this is described after the hit game while notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16). In this case, it is possible to notify that the probability variation state and the longest provision period (65 times) are imparted.

(Regarding notification of the effect display unit 17 when the first hit notification condition is satisfied)
Further, when the first hit notification condition is established and the main control CPU 60a gives a winning game after the symbol variation effect, the launch operation notification area (first or second launch operation) of the effect display unit 17 is provided. The notification control CPU 65a is configured to display the first right-handed transition notification display and the second right-handed transition notification display in the notification areas 206A and 206B) to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16. . That is, when the first winning notification condition is established, as shown in FIG. 17, the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 is changed according to the elapsed period from the start of the winning game. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode of the handle 16. That is, the first hit notification condition is set as a notification switching condition for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17, and the effect display unit 17 is established with the establishment of the first hit notification condition. The display switching timing (switching timing) of predetermined times (three times in the embodiment) for switching the notification display (notification mode) is specified, and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is changed at the display switching timing to change the operation handle 16. The operation mode is notified. In this way, when the first hit notification condition is established, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after the notification display 17 is changed and notified. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a winning game, a predetermined display start timing with the start of the winning game. The second introduction effect that displays the second right-handed transition notification display at (start timing) is displayed on the effect display unit 17, and the first right-hand hit is made at the first display switching timing from the start of the winning game. The transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17, and the second right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 at the second display switching timing from the start of the winning game. The second transition effect that displays the second right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 when the display switching timing is reached, and the effect display is displayed when the predetermined display end timing (end timing) is reached. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to end the notification in the unit 17. When the first winning time notification condition is satisfied, the start time of winning game is set as the display start timing, and the end time of winning game (the time when the ending time has elapsed) is set as the display end timing.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, the first display switching timing for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17 when the first hit notification condition is satisfied is set before the start of the first round game, The second display switching timing is set before the start of a round game in which a pachinko ball winning is practically allowed (second round in the embodiment), and the third display switching timing is effectively a pachinko ball winning. It is set after the end of the regulated final round game (second round in the embodiment). In the embodiment, the time point of the opening time (start of the first round) is set to be the first display switching timing, and the end point of the first round game is set to the second display switching timing. It is set so that the final round game end time (ending time start time) becomes the third display switching timing. That is, when the first winning notification condition is satisfied, the second right-handed transition notification display in the second introduction effect is effect display at the opening time of the hit game based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a. Displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206 </ b> A of the unit 17 and after the start of the first round game, the first or second right-handed transition notification display is the second launch operation of the effect display unit 17. It is displayed in the notification area 206B. As described above, in the embodiment, when the first hit time notification condition is satisfied, different notification modes are provided in the effect display unit 17 between the opening time and the first round game performed after the opening time elapses. It is comprised so that it may alert | report. In addition, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect display unit 17 notifies in a different notification mode between the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is configured as follows.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the first winning notification condition is satisfied, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the winning game, and the opening time Elapses (switching timing) from the main control CPU 60a when the round designation command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round game and the first round game end condition are satisfied. The round end designation command CMD3 that is output, the ending designation command CMD5 that is output from the main control CPU 60a when the round game end condition of the final round is satisfied, and the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a when the ending time has elapsed. ) The display control board 65 (production control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 on the basis of the turn end designation command CMD6, so that a notification display (notification mode) corresponding to the elapsed time from the start of the winning game is given. Thus, the effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. That is, in the winning game accompanying the establishment of the first hitting notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is a notification instruction for instructing the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. Each of the round designation command CMD2, the round end designation command CMD3, and the ending designation command CMD5 that functions as information and is output from the main control CPU 60a is display switching information (switching information) for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17. ) Is functioning. Thus, when the first hit notification condition is established, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) is configured to output display switching information to the effect control board 65 at the display switching timing. The control CPU 65a is configured to be able to control the effect display unit 17 so as to change and notify the notification display based on the input of the display switching information. Similarly, when the second to fifth hitting time notification conditions are satisfied, the effect control CPU 65a changes the notification display based on the input of the display switching information output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). It is configured to notify.

  Here, in the hit game in which the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the period from the display start timing to the first notification switching timing (the period until the opening time elapses) is the other hit notification condition (specifically Specifically, the first display specific period in which the same notification mode (second right-handed transition notification display) is displayed and notified on the effect display unit 17 in the same period of the winning game in which the fifth winning notification condition) is established. (Specific period), and the notification display in the period after the first display specific period is different. As described above, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 with a unique pattern different from the case where the other hit notification conditions are satisfied. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a variable state and a variable state with the longest grant period (65 times)) is given after the winning game.

  That is, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the player recognizes that the special winning portion 36 is released by the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100, and the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is notified. In addition to prompting the operation, the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in an inconspicuous notification mode (first right-handed transition notification mode) from the start of the hit game for a certain period (until the opening time elapses). It is possible to recognize that the granting period of the variable state given after the hit game is short or may not be given, and then the operation mode in a noticeable notice mode (second right-handed transition notice mode) By notifying the notifying unit 100, it is possible to allow the player to recognize that after the hit game, the shortage is given in the longest grant period and the expectation that the win game will continue is high.

  When the first winning notification condition is satisfied, the player can recognize that the special winning portion 36 is released by the display of the effect display portion 17 and operate the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode. In addition to prompting the winning game, a notice display (second right-handed transition notice display) that stands out from the start of the winning game is displayed and the effect display unit 17 notifies the user, so that the winning period is changed within the longest grant period. It is possible to make the player recognize that the game has high expectation that the state will be granted and the winning game will continue, and it will be inconspicuous during the round game (the first round) where it is virtually impossible to win a pachinko ball By changing the display to the notification display (first right-handed transition notification display) and notifying the effect display unit 17, the player can arbitrarily adjust the operation of the operation handle 16. Furthermore, before the round game in which the winning of a pachinko ball is permitted, the display is changed to a noticeable notice display (second right-handed transition notice display) and the effect display unit 17 informs the right-handed operation. The player can be prompted to operate the operation handle 16 in the form.

(About notification after winning game when the first hit notification condition is met)
Here, when the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the application condition included in the second application condition group described above is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the first winning notification condition is satisfied, when the winning game ends and the provision of the variable state is started, the notification mode at the end of the winning game (that is, The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode as the second right-handed transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time elapses in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the winning game ends, as described above. The operation form notifying unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 in a notification manner according to the established grant condition (second grant condition group) (see FIG. 17).

  When the first hit notification condition is satisfied, the application condition included in the above-described fifth application condition group is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the first winning notification condition is satisfied, when the winning game ends and the provision of the variable state is started, the notification mode at the end of the winning game (that is, The effect display unit 17 is effected to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 by the same notification display (that is, the second right-handed shift notification display) displayed in the second transition effect). The control CPU 65a is configured to control. Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, and after the winning game ends, as described above. The effect display unit 17 is controlled so as to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 by a notification display according to the established grant condition (fifth grant condition group) (see FIG. 17).

  Here, the command output processing from the effect control board 65 to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 at the end of the hit game triggered by the establishment of the first hit time notification condition, the ending time has elapsed in the hit game. At this time, it can be performed based on the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). In addition, the command output processing is based on the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and the timer (time measuring means) provided in the effect control board 65 sets the ending time corresponding to each winning game. It can also be performed based on measurement. The same applies to the command output processing from the effect control board 65 to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 at the end of the hit game triggered by the establishment of the second to fifth hit time notification conditions described later. It can be performed by processing (processing based on the hit end designation command CMD6 or processing based on timer measurement).

(Regarding the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the second hit notification condition is satisfied)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment uses, as a second hit notification condition, that a predetermined hit game is determined when the determination per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. It has been established. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, the winning games corresponding to the symbols B and b per the special symbols included in the second group and the fifth group described above are given as the winning games satisfying the second hit notification condition. Is set. Then, similarly to the above-described first hit notification condition, the second hit notification condition is set as a notification switching condition for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100, and the second hit notification condition is set. A notification switching timing (switching timing) of a predetermined number of times (in the embodiment) for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is specified as the notification condition is satisfied, and the operation mode notification unit 100 at the notification switching timing is specified. The operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified by changing the notification mode. As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, when the second hit time notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 is not changed before and after the operation mode notification unit 100 changes and notifies the notification mode. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode. The notification start timing and notification end timing when the second hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first hit notification condition is satisfied.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, the first notification switching timing for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the second hit notification condition is satisfied is virtually permitted to win a pachinko ball. It is set before the start of the round game (second round in the embodiment). In the embodiment, the end time of the first round game is set as the notification switching timing.

  Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the second winning notification condition is satisfied, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the winning game and the first round The round end designation command CMD3 output from the main control CPU 60a when the round game end condition is satisfied, and the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when the ending time has elapsed. On the basis of this, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, so that the operation form notifying unit 100 operates the operation handle 16 in a notification manner corresponding to the elapsed time from the start of the winning game. It is controlled to notify the operation mode. That is, in the winning game associated with the establishment of the second hit time notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is notification instruction information for instructing the start of notification in the operation mode notification unit 100 associated with the winning game. The round end designation command CMD3 that functions and is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as notification switching information (switching information) that instructs switching of the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 in a winning game. Yes.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, in the winning game in which the second winning notification condition is satisfied, the period from the notification start timing to the first notification switching timing (period until the end of the first round game) Indicates that the operation mode notification unit 100 has the same notification mode (first right-handed transition notification mode) in the same period of the hit game in which other hit notification conditions (specifically, the fourth hit notification condition) are satisfied. The second notification specific period (specific period) for notification is set, and the notification mode in the period after the second notification specific period is different. Thus, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern (specifically, switching at the end of the first round game) is different from when the other hit notification conditions are satisfied. The pattern of continuing the second right-handed transition notification mode until the end of the hit game) is changed to change the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100, thereby notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 and specifying a specific after the hit game. It is possible to notify that the gaming state (in this case, the probability changing state and the changing state in the first specific giving period (25 times)) is given.

(Regarding notification of the effect display unit 17 when the second hit notification condition is satisfied)
Further, as shown in FIG. 17, the second hit notification condition is defined as a notification switching condition for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 as in the first hit notification condition described above. The display switching timing (switching timing) is specified a predetermined number of times (three times in the embodiment) for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 with the establishment of the second hit notification condition. The notification display on the effect display unit 17 is changed at the display switching timing to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16. As described above, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after the notification display is changed and notified in the effect display unit 17. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form. Note that the display start timing and the display end timing when the second hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first hit notification condition is satisfied.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, when the second winning notification condition is satisfied, the first introduction effect that displays the first right-handed transition notification display with the start of the winning game is displayed as an effect. It is different from the notification display displayed on the effect display unit 17 when the second hit notification condition described above is satisfied in that it is configured to display on the unit 17. In addition, the display switching timing for each switching of the notification display of the effect display unit 17 when the second hit notification condition is satisfied is the notification of the effect display unit 17 when the first hit notification condition described above is satisfied. The timing is set to be the same as the display switching timing for each display switching. That is, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the second winning notification condition is satisfied, the first introductory effect at the opening time of the winning game is based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a. 1 right-handed transition notification display is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A of the effect display unit 17, and after the start of the first round game, the first or second right-handed transition notification display is rendered. It is displayed in the second launch operation notification area 206B of the display unit 17. As described above, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect display unit 17 uses different notification modes for the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is comprised so that it may alert | report.

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the second winning notification condition is satisfied, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the winning game, and the opening time Elapses (switching timing) from the main control CPU 60a when the round designation command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round game and the first round game end condition are satisfied. The round end designation command CMD3 that is output, the ending designation command CMD5 that is output from the main control CPU 60a when the round game end condition of the final round is satisfied, and the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a when the ending time has elapsed. ) The display control board 65 (production control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 on the basis of the turn end designation command CMD6, so that a notification display (notification mode) corresponding to the elapsed time from the start of the winning game is given. Thus, the effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16.

  Here, in the winning game in which the second winning notification condition is satisfied, the period from the display start timing to the second notification switching timing (the period until the end of the first round game) is the other winning notification. The second notification is made by displaying the same notification mode (first right-handed transition notification display) on the effect display unit 17 in the same period of the winning game in which the condition (specifically, the fourth winning notification condition) is satisfied. It is a display specific period (specific period), and the notification display in the period after the second display specific period is different. As described above, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 with a unique pattern different from the case where the other hit notification conditions are satisfied. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a probability variation state and a variable state in the first specific grant period (25 times)) is given after winning the game while notifying the operation mode. ing.

  That is, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the player recognizes that the special winning portion 36 is released by the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100, and the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is displayed. In addition to prompting the operation, the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in a noticeable manner (first right-handed transition notifying manner) from the start of the winning game for a certain period (until the first round game is finished). Thus, it is possible to recognize that there is a possibility that the variable state is not given after winning the game, and the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in a noticeable notification mode (second right-handed transition notification mode) thereafter. Thus, it is possible to make the player recognize that after the winning game, the shortage is given in the longest giving period and the expectation that the winning game will continue is high.

  When the second winning notification condition is satisfied, the player can recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the display of the effect display portion 17 and operate the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode. In addition to prompting the game, the effect display unit 17 provides a noticeable notice display (first right-handed transition notice display) for a certain period from the start of the winning game (until the opening time elapses). By this, it is possible to make the player recognize that there is a possibility that no change state will be given after winning the game, and until a round game (first round) in which it is virtually impossible to win a pachinko ball During the period, the notice display (first right-handed transition notice display) is maintained and the effect display unit 17 gives notice so that the player can arbitrarily adjust the operation of the operation handle 16. . Furthermore, before the round game in which the winning of a pachinko ball is permitted, the display is changed to a noticeable notice display (second right-handed transition notice display) and the effect display unit 17 informs the right-handed operation. The player can be prompted to operate the operation handle 16 in the form.

(Notification after winning game when the second hit notification condition is satisfied)
Here, when the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the application condition included in the second application condition group described above is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the second winning notification condition is satisfied, when the winning game ends and the provision of the variable state is started, the notification mode at the end time of the winning game (that is, The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode as the second right-handed transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time elapses in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the winning game ends, as described above. The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a notification mode according to the established grant condition (second grant condition group).

  When the second hit notification condition is satisfied, the application condition included in the above-described fourth application condition group is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the second winning notification condition is satisfied, when the winning game is finished and the giving of the variable state is started, the notification display at the end time of the winning game (that is, The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 by a notification display different from the second right-handed shift notification display displayed in the second transition effect). Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, and after the winning game ends, as described above. The effect display unit 17 is controlled so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by a notification display according to the established grant condition (fourth grant condition group).

(Regarding notification of operation mode notification unit 100 when the third hit notification condition is satisfied)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has, as a third hit time notification condition, that a predetermined hit game is determined when the determination per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes a determination result per special figure. It has been established. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, symbols C per special figure included in the first group, the second group, and the fourth group to the sixth group described above as the winning game in which the third hit notification condition is satisfied. A winning game corresponding to ˜G, c˜g is set. As in the case of the first hit time notification condition described above, the third hit time notification condition is determined as a notification switching condition for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100. A notification switching timing (switching timing) of a predetermined number (in the embodiment) of switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 with the notification condition being established is specified, and the operation mode notification unit 100 of the operation mode notification unit 100 at the notification switching timing is specified. The operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified by changing the notification mode. Thus, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, when the third hit notification condition is established, the right-handed display unit 59 is not changed before and after the operation mode notification unit 100 changes and notifies the notification mode. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode. Note that the notification start timing and notification end timing when the third hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first and second hit notification conditions are satisfied.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the first notification switching timing for switching the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is practically allowed to win a pachinko ball. It is set before the start of the round game (second round in the embodiment), and the second display switching timing is after the end of the final round game (second round in the embodiment) in which the pachinko ball winning is effectively regulated. Is set to In the embodiment, the end time of the first round game is set as the notification switching timing, and the end time of the final round game (starting time of the ending time) is set as the second notification switching timing. That is, when the third hit time notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in a different notification mode between the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is configured to

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the third winning notification condition is satisfied, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the winning game and the first round Based on the round end designation command CMD3 output from the main control CPU 60a when the round game end condition is satisfied, and the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control CPU 60a when the round game end condition of the final round is satisfied. Then, when the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, the operation form notifying unit 100 operates the operation handle 16 in a notification manner corresponding to the elapsed time from the start of the winning game. Control is performed to notify the form. In other words, in the winning game associated with the establishment of the third winning notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a serves as notification instruction information for instructing the start of notification in the operation mode notification unit 100 associated with the winning game. The round end designation command CMD3 and the ending designation command CMD5 that function and are output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) are notification switching information (switching information) that instructs switching of the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 in a winning game. ) Is functioning.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, in the winning game in which the third winning notification condition is satisfied, the period from the notification start timing to the first notification switching timing (period until the end of the first round game) Indicates that the operation mode notification unit 100 has the same notification mode (first right-handed transition notification mode) in the same period of the hit game in which other hit notification conditions (specifically, the fourth hit notification condition) are satisfied. The second notification specific period (specific period) for notification is set, and the notification mode in the period after the second notification specific period is different. As described above, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern (specifically, at the end of the first round game is different from the case where the other hit notification condition is satisfied). 2), the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 in the pattern of switching to the first right-handed transition notification mode before the start of the ending time. Can be notified that a specific gaming state (in this case, a probable variation state) is given after the winning game. Further, it can be notified that the granting period of the variable state given after the winning game is one of a plurality of periods (in the embodiment, once, five times, 25). However, it is essential that the granting period of the variable state cannot be identified.

(Regarding notification of effect display unit 17 when the third hit notification condition is satisfied)
Further, as shown in FIG. 17, the third hit notification condition is the notification switching condition for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 in the same manner as the first and second hit notification conditions described above. The display switching timing (switching timing) of predetermined times (three times in the embodiment) for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 in accordance with the establishment of the third hit notification condition is It is specified, and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is changed at the display switching timing to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16. Thus, when the third hit notification condition is established, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after the notification display is changed and notified in the effect display unit 17. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form. The display start timing and the display end timing when the third hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first and second hit notification conditions are satisfied.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 17, when the third winning notification condition is satisfied, the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed at the third display switching timing from the start of the winning game. The first transition effect is configured to be displayed on the effect display unit 17, and is different from the notification display displayed on the effect display unit 17 when the second hit notification condition described above is satisfied. In addition, the display switching timing of each time for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17 when the third hit notification condition is satisfied is the effect display unit when the first and second hit notification conditions described above are satisfied. It is set to the same timing as the display switching timing of each time of switching the 17 notification displays. That is, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 17, when the third winning notification condition is satisfied, the first introduction effect at the opening time of the winning game is based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a. 1 right-handed transition notification display is displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206A of the effect display unit 17, and after the start of the first round game, the first or second right-handed transition notification display is rendered. It is displayed in the second launch operation notification area 206B of the display unit 17. As described above, when the third hit notification condition is established, the opening designation command CMD1, the round designation command CMD2, the round end designation command CMD3, and the ending designation, as in the second hit announcement condition. Based on the command CMD5 and the hit end designation command CMD6, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, so that a notification display corresponding to the elapsed time from the start of the hit game is displayed. The effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in (notification mode). As described above, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect display unit 17 uses different notification modes for the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is comprised so that it may alert | report.

  Here, in the winning game in which the third winning notification condition is established, the period from the display start timing to the second notification switching timing (the period until the end of the first round game) is the other winning notification. The second notification is made by displaying the same notification mode (first right-handed transition notification display) on the effect display unit 17 in the same period of the winning game in which the condition (specifically, the fourth winning notification condition) is satisfied. It is a display specific period (specific period), and is configured such that the notification mode in the period after the second display specific period is different. As described above, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 in a unique pattern different from the case where the other hit notification condition is satisfied. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a probable variation state) is given after winning the game while notifying the operation mode. Further, it can be notified that the granting period of the variable state given after the winning game is one of a plurality of periods (in the embodiment, once, five times, 25).

  That is, when the third hitting time notification condition is satisfied, the player recognizes that the special winning portion 36 is released by the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100, and the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is displayed. In addition to prompting the operation, the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in a noticeable manner (first right-handed transition notifying manner) from the start of the winning game for a certain period (until the first round game is finished). Thus, it is possible to recognize that there is a possibility that the variable state is not given after winning the game, and the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in a noticeable notification mode (second right-handed transition notification mode) thereafter. Thus, it is possible to make the player recognize that after the winning game, the shortage is given in the longest giving period and the expectation that the winning game will continue is high.

  When the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the player can recognize that the special winning portion 36 is opened by the display of the effect display portion 17 and operate the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode. In addition to prompting the game, the effect display unit 17 provides a noticeable notice display (first right-handed transition notice display) for a certain period from the start of the winning game (until the opening time elapses). By this, it is possible to make the player recognize that there is a possibility that no change state will be given after winning the game, and until a round game (first round) in which it is virtually impossible to win a pachinko ball During the period, the notice display (first right-handed transition notice display) is maintained and the effect display unit 17 gives notice so that the player can arbitrarily adjust the operation of the operation handle 16. . Furthermore, before the round game in which the winning of a pachinko ball is permitted, the display is changed to a noticeable notice display (second right-handed transition notice display) and the effect display unit 17 informs the right-handed operation. The player can be prompted to operate the operation handle 16 in the form.

(Regarding notification after winning game when the third hit notification condition is satisfied)
Here, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, any of the application conditions included in the first to third application condition groups described above is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the third hit time notification condition is satisfied and the application condition included in the first application condition group is satisfied (corresponding to the symbols G and g per special figure in the non-variable state). When the winning game is determined), and when the third hit notification condition is satisfied and the grant condition included in the third grant condition group is satisfied (the symbols D and F per special figure in the non-variable state) , d, and f), a notification mode at the end of the winning game (ie, the first right-handed game) The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode as the transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time elapses in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the winning game ends, as described above. The operation mode notifying unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a notification mode according to the established grant condition (first grant condition group or third grant condition group).

  And, when the third hit time notification condition is satisfied and the grant condition included in the second grant condition group is fulfilled (the hit game corresponding to the symbols C, E, c, e per special figure in the non-variable state) Is determined) when the winning game is ended and the provision of the variable state is started, the notification mode (that is, the first right-handed transition notification mode) different from the notification mode at the end of the winning game (that is, the first right-handed transition notification mode) That is, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the second right-handed transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time elapses in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the winning game ends, as described above. The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a notification mode according to the established grant condition (second grant condition group).

  When the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the application condition included in the sixth application condition group described above is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is operated on the effect display unit 17 when the hit game ends and the provision of the variable state is started. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to end (not display) the notification of the form. Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, whereby the effect display unit 17 operates the operation handle 16. It is controlled not to notify.

(Regarding notification of operation mode notifying unit 100 when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has, as a fourth hit time notification condition, that a predetermined hit game is determined when the determination per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. It has been established. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, the winning game for which the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied corresponds to the symbols H, I, h, i per special symbol in which the above-described condition for giving the variable state is not satisfied. A winning game is set. When the fourth hit notification condition is established and the main control CPU 60a gives a winning game after the symbol variation effect, the operation form notification unit 100 performs the first right-handed transition notification mode and the second right notification state. It is configured to be controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so that it emits light in any of the strike transition notification modes and notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16. That is, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect control CPU 65a notifies the operation in the right-handed operation mode in a certain notification mode without changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100. It is configured to be controllable.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a winning game, a predetermined notification start timing with the start of the winning game. In the first right-handed transition notification mode, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies, and when the predetermined notification end timing is reached, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to end the notification in the operation mode notification unit 100. Yes. The display start timing when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied is set to the same timing as when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied. Also, the notification end timing when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied is set after the end of the final round game (second round in the embodiment) in which the winning of the pachinko ball is practically restricted. Then, the end time of the final round game (the start time of the ending time) is set to be the notification end timing. That is, the operation mode notification unit 100 maintains the first right-handed transition notification mode from the start of the winning game to the end of the final round game.

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the fourth winning notification condition is satisfied, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a at the start of the winning game, and the final round Based on the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control CPU 60a when the round game end condition is satisfied, and the hit ending designation command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when the ending time has elapsed. Then, when the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, the operation form notifying unit 100 operates the operation handle 16 in a notification manner corresponding to the elapsed time from the start of the winning game. Control is performed to notify the form. That is, in the winning game accompanying the establishment of the fourth winning notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is notification instruction information for instructing the start of notification in the operation form notifying unit 100 associated with the winning game. The ending designation command CMD5 that functions and is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as end instruction information for ending the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100.

  Thus, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern (specifically, switching at the end of the first round game) is different from when the other hit notification conditions are satisfied. The pattern of continuing the second right-handed transition notification mode until the end of the hit game) is changed to change the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100, thereby notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 and specifying a specific after the hit game. It is possible to notify that a gaming state (in this case, a normal gaming state of a non-probable change state and a non-changeable short state) is given.

(Regarding notification of effect display unit 17 when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied)
Also, as shown in FIG. 17, the fourth hit notification condition is the notification switching condition for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 as in the first to third hit notification conditions described above. The display switching timing (switching timing) of predetermined times (twice in the embodiment) for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 in accordance with the establishment of the fourth hit time notification condition is It is specified, and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is changed at the display switching timing to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16. As described above, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after the notification display is changed and notified in the effect display unit 17. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form. The display start timing and the display end timing when the second hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied.

  However, as shown in FIG. 17, the number of display switching timings when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied is different from the number of times when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied. The notification display on the display unit 17 is set to be switched three times (the display switching timing is two times). Here, the first display switching timing for switching the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is set before the start of the first round game, and the second display switching timing is the final when the winning of the pachinko ball is effectively regulated. Is set after the end of the round game (the second round in the embodiment). In the embodiment, the time when the opening time elapses (start of the first round) is set as the first display switching timing, and the second display switching timing is set at the end time of the final round game (the ending time of the ending time). Is set to be at the start).

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60 a gives a winning game, the first right-hand strike is made with the start of the winning game. The first introduction effect for displaying the transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17, and the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 at the first display switching timing from the start of the winning game. The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display CPU 65a to display on the effect display unit 17 the end effect that displays the first operation suggestion display that suggests the left-handed operation mode at the second display switching timing from the start of the hit game. It is configured as follows. That is, when the fourth winning notification condition is established, the first right-handed transition notification display in the first introduction effect is displayed in the effect display at the opening time of the winning game based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a. Displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206 </ b> A of the unit 17 and after the start of the first round game, the first or second right-handed transition notification display is the second launch operation of the effect display unit 17. It is displayed in the notification area 206B. In the ending time of the hit game, the end effect is displayed as the first operation suggestion display on the entire surface of the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17. As described above, in the embodiment, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect display unit 17 displays the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is comprised so that it may alert | report by a different alerting | reporting aspect.

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the fourth winning notification condition is satisfied, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a when the winning game starts, and the opening time Is output from the main control CPU 60a when the round specification command CMD2 for specifying the start of the first round game is output from the main control CPU 60a when the time elapses (switching timing) and the round game end condition for the final round is satisfied. The presentation control board 65 (production control CPU 65a) performs display control based on the ending designation command CMD5 and the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when the ending time has elapsed. Output control commands to the board 70 More is controlled to effect display section 17 a broadcast display according to the elapsed period from the start of the per game (notification manner) is to inform the operation mode of the operating handle 16. That is, in the winning game associated with the establishment of the fourth hitting time notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is a notification instruction for instructing the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. Each of the round designation command CMD2 and the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control CPU 60a functions as display switching information (switching information) for switching notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17. .

  As described above, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 with a unique pattern different from the case where the other hit notification conditions are satisfied. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a normal gaming state of a non-probability changing state and a non-changing short state) is given after winning a game while notifying the operation mode.

  That is, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, the player recognizes that the special winning portion 36 is released by the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is displayed. In addition to prompting the operation, when a certain period of time has elapsed from the start of the winning game (the end time of the first round game), the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is not changed, so that the variable state may be changed after the game. It can be recognized that it is not granted.

  When the fourth winning notification condition is satisfied, the player can recognize that the special winning portion 36 is released by the display of the effect display portion 17 and operate the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode. In addition to prompting the game, the effect display unit 17 provides a noticeable notice display (first right-handed transition notice display) for a certain period from the start of the winning game (until the opening time elapses). By this, it is possible to make the player recognize that there is a possibility that no change state will be given after winning the game, and until a round game (first round) in which it is virtually impossible to win a pachinko ball During the period, the notice display (first right-handed transition notice display) is maintained and the effect display unit 17 gives notice so that the player can arbitrarily adjust the operation of the operation handle 16. . Furthermore, before the round game in which the winning of the pachinko ball is allowed is performed, the notification display on the effect display unit 17 is not changed, so that it is possible to recognize that the variable state is not awarded after the game.

(Notification after hit game when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied)
Here, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, none of the above-described conditions for giving the variable state is satisfied. Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, notification that the operation handle 16 is operated in the left-handed operation mode when the hit game is completed is notified. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation form notifying unit 100 so as to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 in a manner. Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, so that the operation form notifying unit 100 performs the first or second operation. It is controlled to notify in the left-handed notification mode. Similarly, when the fourth hit notification condition is satisfied, when the hit game ends, a notification display for notifying that the operation handle 16 is operated in the left-handed operation mode is displayed and the operation handle 16 is operated. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the form. Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, so that the effect display unit 17 displays a left-handed transition notification display. Control is performed to display in the first launch operation notification area 206A.

  Here, after the hit game triggered by the establishment of the fourth hit-time notification condition, the variable state is not given, so if the operation handle 16 is in the right-handed operation mode as in the hit game, The appropriate game by the pachinko machine 10 is not performed, and the player suffers unnecessary disadvantages. For this reason, in the embodiment, the operation mode notifying unit 100 notifies in the second left-handed notification mode that notifies the operation in the left-handed operation mode in a more conspicuous manner with the end of the hit game, and the more prominent first The left-handed transition notification display for notifying the operation in the left-handed operation mode is displayed on the effect display unit 17 and informed in the launching operation notification area 206A. The player easily recognizes that the operation form needs to be changed, and prompts the player to play an appropriate game.

  In addition, the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 after the end of the winning game triggered by the establishment of the fourth winning time notification condition is made after the winning game ends. It is configured to end when a predetermined notification period elapses. Here, the notification period for ending the notification of the operation mode is determined based on the elapsed time from the end of the hit game, or the number of times of symbol variation effect (special figure change display) performed after the end of the hit game (number of changes) ) As a standard. Specifically, based on an ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), a timer (timer) provided in the effect control board 65 measures a predetermined notification end time (for example, 30 seconds). In such a case, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72, thereby terminating the notification in the corresponding effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit 100. It can be configured as follows. In addition, based on the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the count value of the variation counter CN included in the effect control board 65 counts a predetermined notification end number (for example, 5 times). In this case, the production control board 65 (production control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 or the lamp control board 72, so that the notification in the corresponding production display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit 100 is terminated. Can be configured. The display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 are provided with a timer (time measuring means), so that the corresponding effect display unit 17 and the operation can be performed without outputting a control command from the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a). The notification in the form notification unit 100 can be terminated.

(Regarding the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied)
The pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment determines that a predetermined hit game is determined as a trigger when the determination per special figure performed in the variable state becomes a determination result per special figure as a fifth hit time notification condition. It has been. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, winning games corresponding to all special symbols A to I and a to i are set as winning games for which the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied. In other words, the fifth hit time notification condition is that the determination per special figure in the variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. When the fifth hit notification condition is established and the main control CPU 60a gives a winning game after the symbol variation effect, the operation form notification unit 100 performs the first right-handed transition notification mode and the second right-hand notification form. It is configured to be controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so that it emits light in any of the strike transition notification modes and notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16. That is, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect control CPU 65a notifies the operation in the right-handed operation mode in a constant notification mode without changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100. It is configured to be controllable.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 17, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants a winning game, a predetermined notification start timing with the start of the winning game. In the second right-handed transition notification mode, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies, and when the predetermined notification end timing is reached, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to end the notification in the operation mode notification unit 100. Yes. Note that the notification start timing and notification end timing when the second hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied. That is, the operation mode notification unit 100 maintains the second right-handed transition notification mode from the start to the end of the winning game.

  Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, when the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a when the winning game starts, and the ending time The effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72 on the basis of the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) when the time has elapsed. During the winning game, the operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode. That is, in the winning game associated with the establishment of the fifth hitting time notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a serves as notification instruction information for instructing the start of notification in the operation mode notification unit 100 associated with the winning game. The hit end specifying command CMD6 that functions and is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) functions as end instruction information for instructing the end of notification in the operation mode notifying unit 100 associated with the hit game.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has a special diagram between the case where the determination per special figure becomes a hit determination result during the variable state and the non-variable state (a game state different from the privilege game state). The notification mode notified by the operation mode notification unit 100 is different from the case where the hit determination is a hit determination result. As described above, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, a unique pattern (specifically, the second right notification is continued during the hit game different from the case where the other hit notification conditions are satisfied). By changing the notifying mode of the operation mode notifying unit 100 in the pattern of notifying the hit transition notifying mode), while notifying the operating mode of the operation handle 16, a specific gaming state (in this case, the probable state and the longest) It is possible to notify that the change period (65 times) is given.

(Regarding notification of the effect display unit 17 when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied)
Also, as shown in FIG. 17, the fifth hit notification condition is the notification switching condition for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 in the same way as the first to fourth hit notification conditions described above. The display switching timing (switching timing) of predetermined times (twice in the embodiment) for switching the notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17 in accordance with the establishment of the fifth hit time notification condition is It is specified, and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 is changed at the display switching timing to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16. As described above, when the fifth hit-time notification condition is satisfied, the right-handed display unit 59 operates the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after the notification display is changed and notified in the effect display unit 17. The main control CPU 60a controls to notify the form. Note that the display start timing and the display end timing when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied are set to the same timing as when the first to third hit notification conditions are satisfied.

  However, as shown in FIG. 17, the number of display switching timings when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied is the same as the fourth hit notification condition, and the notification display on the effect display unit 17 is switched three times. (Display switching timing is set to 2 times). In other words, when the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a gives a winning game, the second introduction effect that displays the second right-handed transition notification display as the winning game starts. Is displayed on the effect display unit 17, the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 at the first display switching timing from the start of the winning game, and the second display from the start of the winning game. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 to display a continuation effect that displays the second operation suggestion display that suggests the right-handed operation mode at the switching timing. In other words, when the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied, the second right-handed transition notification display in the second introduction effect is effect display at the opening time of the hit game based on the control command of the effect control CPU 65a. Displayed in the first launch operation notification area 206 </ b> A of the unit 17 and after the start of the first round game, the first or second right-handed transition notification display is the second launch operation of the effect display unit 17. It is displayed in the notification area 206B. In the ending time of the hit game, the continuation effect is displayed as the second operation suggestion display on the entire surface of the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17. As described above, in the embodiment, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the effect display unit 17 includes the final round game before the ending time and the ending time after the final round game. It is comprised so that it may alert | report by a different alerting | reporting aspect.

  As shown in FIGS. 14 and 17, the display switching timing of the notification display of the effect display unit 17 in the winning game triggered by the establishment of the fifth hit notification condition is the establishment of the fourth hit notification condition. It is set to the same timing as the display switching timing in the hit game triggered by. That is, when the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied, the opening control command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a with the start of the winning game and the opening time elapses (switching timing) so that the main control CPU 60a The round designation command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round game outputted from the ending specification command CMD5 outputted from the main control CPU 60a when the round game end condition for the final round is satisfied, and the ending time has elapsed At this point, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70 based on the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). From the start of the game Representation display unit 17 is controlled so as to notify the control mode of the operating handle 16 in the notification display according to the over-time (notification manner). That is, in the winning game accompanying the establishment of the fifth hitting time notification condition, the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control CPU 60a is a notification instruction for instructing the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. Each of the round designation command CMD2 and the ending designation command CMD5 output from the main control CPU 60a functions as display switching information (switching information) for switching notification display (notification mode) of the effect display unit 17. .

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment has a special diagram between the case where the determination per special figure becomes a hit determination result during the variable state and the non-variable state (a game state different from the privilege game state). The notification display to be displayed and notified on the effect display unit 17 is different from the case where the hit determination is a hit determination result. As described above, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation handle 16 is changed by changing the notification display of the effect display unit 17 with a unique pattern different from the case where the other hit notification conditions are satisfied. It is possible to notify that a specific gaming state (in this case, a variable state and a variable state with the longest grant period (65 times)) is given after the winning game.

  That is, when the fifth hitting time notification condition is satisfied, the player recognizes that the special winning portion 36 is released by the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100, and the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode is displayed. In addition to prompting the operation, the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in the second left-handed notification form from the start of the winning game, so that after the winning game, the variable state is given in the longest giving period and the winning game is played. It is possible to make the player recognize that the expectation is high.

  When the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied, the player can recognize that the special winning portion 36 is released by the display of the effect display portion 17 and operate the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode. In addition to prompting the winning game, a notice display (second right-handed transition notice display) that stands out from the start of the winning game is displayed and the effect display unit 17 notifies the user, so that the winning period is changed within the longest grant period. It is possible to make the player recognize that the state is given and the expectation that the hit game will continue is high. Furthermore, after the final round game in which the winning of a pachinko ball is permitted is finished, the display is changed to a specific continuation effect and the effect display unit 17 informs it so that the winning period is changed in the longest grant period. It is possible to make the player recognize that the state is given and the expectation that the hit game will continue is high.

(Regarding notification after winning game when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied)
Here, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the application condition included in the second application condition group described above is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied, when the winning game is ended and the provision of the variable state is started, the notification mode at the end time of the winning game (that is, The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the operation mode notification unit 100 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode as the second right-handed transition notification mode). Specifically, when the ending time elapses in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the lamp control board 72, and after the winning game ends, as described above. The operation mode notification unit 100 is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in a notification mode according to the established grant condition (second grant condition group).

  When the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the application condition included in the fifth application condition group described above is satisfied. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, when the hit game is finished and the provision of the variable state is started, a notification display at the end time of the hit game (that is, The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so as to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 by a notification display (that is, a first notification display) different from the operation suggestion display displayed in the continuous effect. Specifically, when the ending time has elapsed in the winning game, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs a control command to the display control board 70, and after the winning game ends, as described above. The effect display unit 17 is controlled to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 by an information display corresponding to the established application condition (fifth application condition group).

  Thus, the opening designation command CMD1, the round designation command CMD2, the round end designation command CMD3, and the ending designation command CMD5 are the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) in the right-handed gaming state operated in the right-handed operation mode. The effect control CPU 65a starts notifying the right-handed operation mode in the effect display unit 17 based on each command input to the effect control board 65. The notification mode is controlled to be switched.

  Here, in the winning game, the winning game that can be given when the first to fourth winning notification conditions are satisfied and the winning game that can be given when the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied, The number of award balls that can be acquired is different, and the hit game given when the fifth hit-time notification condition is established is more advantageous to the player (higher profit is obtained). In addition, the winning game that can be given when the first or fifth winning notification condition is satisfied, and the winning game that can be given when the second to third winning notification conditions are satisfied, The granting period (1, 5, 25, 65) of the variable state that is given later is different, and the hit game that is given when the first or fifth hit notification condition is satisfied is the player. It is advantageous (high profit is obtained). That is, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, when the hit game is given, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 change the operation mode of the operation handle 16 according to the advantage associated with the grant of the hit game. It is comprised so that it can alert | report, and it is comprised so that a player can grasp | ascertain definitely the profit obtained with a winning game based on the alerting | reporting aspect of the operation form alerting | reporting part 100 and the alerting display of the effect display part 17. ing.

  Further, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, when hit games having different merits are given, notification is made in the same notification mode in the specific period of the hit game, and a specific period of each win game ( The effect control CPU 65a can control the operation mode notification unit 100 so that the notification modes in the period after the first notification specific period and the second notification specific period) are different. Similarly, when winning games with different merits are given, the same notification display is displayed in the specific period of the winning game, and the specific period of each winning game (first display specific period, second display specific The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 so that the notification display in the subsequent period is different.

  Further, in the hit game that can be given when the third hit notification condition is satisfied, the variable state grant period (once, And 25)), and the advantages associated with the granting of the hit game differ depending on the granting conditions of the variable state that is established. As described above, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 can be configured to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same manner regardless of the advantage associated with the grant of the winning game. Based on 100 notification modes and notification display on the effect display unit 17, it is configured such that it is difficult for the player to estimate the profit obtained with the winning game.

(When notifications of left-handed operation modes overlap)
Here, the notification of the left-handed operation mode when the notification of the left-handed operation mode based on the establishment of the first operation error condition and the establishment of the left-handed transition condition will be described. The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment is based on the establishment of one of the conditions when the notification of the left-handed operation mode based on the establishment of the first operation error condition and the establishment of the left-handed transition condition overlaps. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so that the notification of the left-handed operation mode has priority. Specifically, in the embodiment, when the notification of the left-handed operation mode based on the establishment of the first operation error condition and the establishment of the left-handed transition condition overlaps, the left-handed transition condition is satisfied (changed state or The left-handed operation mode notification based on the transition to the non-changeable state with the end of the winning game is preferentially performed.

  In other words, immediately after shifting to the non-variable state with the end of the winning state or the winning game, even if the player appropriately changes the operation handle 16 from the right-handed operation mode to the left-handed operation mode, There is a possibility that the pachinko ball launched into the second ball flow down area 21b during the hit game passes through the second gate portion 43 and the first operation error condition may be satisfied, and the player does not necessarily have the operation handle 16 The operation mode may not be incorrect. For this reason, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 18A, when the shift state is changed to the non-change state with the end of the winning game (the left shift condition is satisfied), the left shift condition is satisfied. When the first operation error condition is satisfied and the first operation error designation command is input before the first left-hand notification time (notification time) associated with the establishment elapses, It is comprised so that the alerting | reporting by an alerting | reporting aspect may not be performed. In other words, after shifting to the non-variable state with the end of the short-running state or hitting game, the left-handed operation mode notification (i.e., left-handed transition notification mode, left-handed transition) While the notification by the notification display is being performed, the effect control CPU 65a is configured not to output the control command based on the input of the first operation error designation command to the display control board 70 or the lamp control board 72. In other words, the control command based on the input of the first operation error designation command is sent to the effect control CPU 65a until the first left-hand notification time elapses (or when the extended time elapses as described later). Is not output to the display control board 70 or the lamp control board 72. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the operation in the left-handed operation mode from being notified in the notification mode when the irregular operation is performed even though the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is appropriately changed. The game can be continued without causing the player to feel uncomfortable.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 18A, the first operation error condition is satisfied and the first left-hand notification time (notification time) associated with the establishment of the left-handed transition condition is satisfied. When the operation error designation command 1 is input, the effect control is performed so as to extend the notification of the left-handed operation mode based on the establishment of the left-handed transition condition (that is, the notification of the left-handed transition notification mode and the left-handed transition notification display). The CPU 65a is configured to control. That is, when the left-handed transition condition is established, the specified extension time is added to the remaining time of the first left-handed notification time (for example, 30 seconds) for notifying the left-handed operation mode, and the added time has elapsed Thus, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to output a control command to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 so as to end the notification of the left-handed operation form by the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17. Here, the specified extension time may be the same as the second left-handed notification time (for example, 15 seconds), or as a specified time (for example, 5 seconds) shorter than the second left-handed notification time (15 seconds). Also good. The specified extension time may be a specified time (for example, 20 seconds) longer than the second left-handed notification time (for example, 15 seconds).

  That is, for example, the first operation error condition is satisfied and the first operation error condition is satisfied when 10 seconds have elapsed since the transition to the non-variable state (satisfaction of the left-handed transition condition) with the end of the variable state or the winning game. When the operation error designation command is input, the second left-handed notification time (15), which is a predetermined extension time, is added to the remaining time (30 seconds-10 seconds = 20 seconds) of the first left-handed notification time. The left-handed operation mode based on the establishment of the left-handed transition condition until the total notification time elapses from the establishment of the input of the first operation error designation command, with the time (35 seconds) added to the second) as the total notification time (I.e., notification by the left-handed transition notification mode and the left-handed transition notification display) is continued, and as the total notification time (35 seconds) elapses, the effect control CPU 65a displays the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72. Output control commands to Constructed.

  Here, when the first operation error condition is satisfied and the first operation error designation command is input before the left-handed notification time (notification time) associated with the establishment of the left-handed transition condition, Without extending the first left-handed notification time, the first left-handed notification time elapses after the first left-handed notification time has elapsed since the transition to the non-changed state with the end of the winning game or hitting game. The effect control CPU 65a may control the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 so as to end the notification.

(When notifications of right-handed operation modes overlap)
Here, notification of the right-handed operation mode when the notification of the right-handed operation mode based on the establishment of the second operation error condition and the establishment of the right-handed transition condition will be described. The pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment is based on the establishment of one of the conditions when the notification of the right-handed operation mode based on the establishment of the second operation error condition and the establishment of the right-handed transition condition overlaps. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so that notification of the right-handed operation mode has priority. Specifically, in the embodiment, when the notification of the right-handed operation mode based on the establishment of the second operation error condition and the establishment of the right-handed transition condition overlaps, the right-handed transition condition is satisfied (changed state or The notification of the right-handed operation mode based on the transition to the non-changeable state with the end of the winning game) is given priority.

  That is, immediately after the shift to the shortened state or the hit game, even if the player appropriately changes the operation handle 16 from the left-handed operation mode to the right-handed operation mode, There is a possibility that the pachinko ball launched at 21a passes through the first gate portion 41 and the second operation error condition is satisfied, and the player may not necessarily make the operation form of the operation handle 16 wrong. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 18 (b), when transitioning to a short-running state or winning game (the establishment of the right-handed transition condition), a predetermined transition time (for example, 5 seconds) associated with the establishment of the right-handed transition condition. When the second operation error condition is satisfied and the second operation error designation command is input until the elapse of the time elapses, notification of the right-handed operation mode based on the second operation error condition (that is, right-handed) Error notification mode, notification by right-handed error notification display) is not performed. That is, until the transition time elapses after the shift to the variable state or the hit game, the effect control CPU 65a displays the control command based on the input of the second operation error designation command, and the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72. It is configured not to output to. The transition to the change state can be determined by the effect control CPU 65a based on the change grant flag output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). The presentation control CPU 65a can also be configured to determine based on the hit end designation command CMD6 output from the. The transition to the winning game can be determined by the effect control CPU 65a based on the opening designation command CMD1 output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). That is, the effect control CPU 65a sets the right-handed error notification prohibition flag indicating prohibition of right-handed error notification based on the input of the control command accompanying the shift state or the shift to the winning game, and the effect control board 65 includes The timer is configured to release the right-handed error notification prohibition flag by measuring a predetermined transition time. While the right-handed error notification prohibition flag is set, the second operation error designation command is input. The right-handed operation mode based on the notification is not performed.

  Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the right-handed operation mode from being notified in the notification mode when an irregular operation is performed even though the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is appropriately changed. The game can be continued without causing the player to feel uncomfortable. Here, the length of the transition time can be set as appropriate, but the pachinko ball launched into the first ball flow down area 21a immediately before the transition to the variable state or hit game moves to the first gate portion 41. It is preferable to set longer than the required flow time. Since the flow-down time is not a fixed time due to the nature of the pachinko machine 10, it moves to the first gate portion 41 when a predetermined number (for example, 100) of pachinko balls are launched into the first ball flow-down area 21a. It can be determined as the average time it takes to do.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 18B, after the transition time has elapsed since the transition to the variable state or the hit game, the effect control CPU 65a sends a control command based on the input of the second operation error designation command. The display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 are configured so as to be capable of output, and in a mode (right-handed error notification mode, right-handed error notification display) corresponding to the second operation error condition, the effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notification unit The effect control CPU 65a is controlled so that 100 is notified. Then, when a predetermined right-handed notification time (for example, 10 seconds) has elapsed from the input of the second operation error designation command, a mode corresponding to the second operation error condition (right-handed error notification mode, right-handed error) The effect control CPU 65a notifies the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display part 17 so as to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 based on the established hit notification condition or variable speed notification condition. Is controlled.

  That is, the effect control CPU 65a is configured to temporarily store a control command output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) in a storage means such as the effect control RAM 65c until the right-handed notification time elapses. Then, based on the control command temporarily stored in the effect control RAM 65c, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify the operation mode in a notification mode when the right-handed notification time has elapsed. The control command is output to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72. Therefore, for example, a mode (right-handed) corresponding to the second operation error condition based on the output of the second operation error designation command from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) during the round game. Error notification mode, right-handed error notification display), and if the ending designation command CMD5 is output before the right-handed notification time elapses, the ending will occur as the right-handed notification time elapses. The effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation mode in the time notification mode.

(Relationship between operation type notification and various errors)
Next, the relationship between the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment and an error occurring in the pachinko machine 10 will be described. In the embodiment, as shown in FIG. 19, six types of errors will be described. However, the number and types of errors are not limited to these. As shown in FIG. 19, when an error occurs, each error is notified that an error has occurred by a plurality of types of notification means having different notification modes such as the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19. The priority order (priority) to be set is 1, 2, 3, 4. In the embodiment, “RAM clear” is set as priority 1, “main board error” and “magnetic detection sensor error” are set as priority 2, “vibration detection sensor error” is set as priority 3, “Operation error” is set as the priority 4. If a plurality of errors having different priorities occur in duplicate, error notification (display) indicating that an error having a higher priority (a numerical value lower) has occurred is preferentially executed.

  For example, when a “magnetism detection sensor error” with priority 2 and an “operation error” with priority 4 occur at the same time, error notification corresponding to “magnetism detection sensor error” with priority 2 is executed with priority. Is done. Then, when the notification of the “magnetic detection sensor error” of the priority order 2 is canceled, if the “operation error” of the priority order 4 has not yet been canceled (resolved), the “operation error” of the priority order 4 Error notification is executed. Also, if a priority 2 “magnetic detection sensor error” occurs when priority 4 “operation error” error notification is being executed, priority 2 “magnetic detection sensor error” error notification has priority. To be notified. In addition, when an error operation of priority 4 “operation error” occurs while an error notification of priority 2 “magnetic detection sensor error” is being executed, an error notification of priority 2 “magnetic detection sensor error” is issued. The error notification of “operation error” with priority 4 is not executed while continuing. However, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, for the types of errors that can be simultaneously notified by the effect display unit 17 as the notification means, if the errors occur in duplicate, the effect display unit regardless of the priority order. In FIG. 17, a plurality of error notifications specifying each error can be displayed in parallel. The error in the embodiment is not limited to a state in which normal operation is not performed, and a state in which a threat related to the security of the pachinko machine 10 may exist even in a state in which normal operation is performed. Is also included.

(About RAM clear)
Priority 1 “RAM clear” is an initialization process in which the stored information (main control RAM 60c, effect control RAM 65c, etc.) storing game information is erased (cleared) and activated based on the initial setting value. To determine that the main control CPU 60a has occurred on condition that a RAM clear operation (an operation to turn on a clear switch and a power switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 at the same time) has been performed. It is. When the main control CPU 60a determines that "RAM clear" has occurred, the main control CPU 60a outputs a RAM clear designation command (error information) that specifies that the "RAM clear" has occurred. Then, the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) outputs the input RAM clear designation command to the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73, and the display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, The sound control board 73 controls the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 based on the RAM clear designation command to execute a RAM clear notification (error notification). Specifically, the lamp device 18 provided in front of the front frame of the pachinko machine 10 is fully lit, and the speaker 19 outputs a RAM clear sound set in advance so that “RAM clear” can be specified. This RAM clear sound is continuously output for 30 seconds unless the power is turned off (OFF). Meanwhile, on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17, an image specifying “RAM clear” (error display) or the like is not displayed, but an initial image (initial symbol) set in the pachinko machine 10 is displayed. When a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) elapses from the start of notification, the notification of “RAM clear” is canceled. That is, the RAM clear notification cancellation condition (notification end condition) is an elapsed time from the start of notification (detection of RAM clear).

  Here, when “RAM clear” occurs, an initial image (initial symbol) is displayed on the display unit 17 a of the effect display unit 17, so that displaying the initial image (initial symbol) is an effect display. This can be said to be a RAM clear display (error notification) by the unit 17. In other words, in the embodiment, the initial image (initial symbol) displayed on the display unit 17a is the initialization process execution display indicating the execution of the initialization process. In the initial image displayed on the display unit 17a, the initial symbol (initial decoration drawing) is set to be stopped and displayed at the effective stop position 300, and the effective stop position (definite stop display area) 300 is This is set as a display area for initialization process execution display. Further, the initial symbol that is stopped and displayed at the effective stop position 300 is configured not to overlap the vibration error notification area 204 and the launch operation notification area 206 (first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B). The

(Main board error)
The priority 2 “main board error” is an error when an abnormality occurs in the main control CPU 60 a included in the main control board 60. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a monitors whether the random number circuit included in the main control CPU 60a normally outputs the random number confirmation signal. If the random number confirmation signal is not normally output, the main control CPU 60a It is determined that a “main board error” has occurred. When the main control CPU 60a determines that the “main board error” has occurred, the main control CPU 60a sends a main board error designation command (error information) indicating that the “main board error” has occurred to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a. ).

  When the main board error designation command is input, the production control CPU 65a of the production control board 65 outputs the main board error designation command to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a), the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73, The display control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73 control the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 based on the main board error designation command to execute a main board error notification (error notification). . The main board error display by the effect display unit 17 is executed using the entire screen of the display unit 17a. Specifically, with the entire surface (background) of the display portion 17a displayed in the same color (untransparent yellow in the normal state), as shown in FIG. 10 (b), the characters “Main board error” and “ Call me "is displayed. That is, in the main board error display, all symbols (decorative drawings), backgrounds, etc. displayed on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 before the error occurred are all displayed by the display (image) of the main board error display (error display). Hidden and hidden from the player. Further, the main board error notification by the lamp device 18 lights the lamp device 18 provided in front of the front frame in red. Further, the main board error notification by the speaker 19 outputs a sound “An abnormality has been detected in the main board”. The main board error notification by the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 is configured to continue until the power is turned off. That is, the release condition (notification end condition) of the main board error notification is power off (OFF).

(About magnetic sensor error)
“Magnetic detection sensor error” of priority 2 is an error when the magnetic detection sensor (error detection means) 202 detects magnetism. Specifically, when the magnetic detection sensor 202 continuously detects magnetism for a predetermined time (for example, 300 ms), the main control CPU 60a determines that a “magnetic detection sensor error” has occurred. When the main control CPU 60a determines that the “magnetic detection sensor error” has occurred, the main control CPU 60a sends a magnetic error designation command (error information) indicating that the “magnetic detection sensor error” has occurred to the effect control board 65 (effect control). CPU 65a).

  When the magnetic error designation command is inputted, the production control CPU 65a of the production control board 65 outputs the magnetic error designation command to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a), the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73, and displays the display. The control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73 control the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 based on the magnetic error designation command, and execute a magnetic detection sensor error notification (error notification). Magnetic detection sensor error display (error display) by the effect display unit 17 is executed using the entire screen of the display unit 17a. Specifically, with the entire surface (background) of the display unit 17a displayed in the same color (opaque yellow in the normal state), as shown in FIG. 10 (c), the characters “magnetic detection sensor error” and “personnel” Please call me "is displayed. That is, in the magnetic detection sensor error display, all the symbols (decorative drawings), backgrounds, and the like displayed on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 before the occurrence of the error are hidden by the display (image) of the magnetic detection sensor error display. It disappears from the player. In addition, the magnetic detection sensor error notification by the lamp device 18 turns on the lamp device 18 provided in front of the front frame in yellow. Further, the magnetic detection sensor error notification by the speaker 19 outputs a sound “the magnetic detection sensor has reacted”. And the magnetic detection sensor error alerting | reporting by the production | presentation display part 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 is comprised so that it may continue until a power supply is cut off (OFF). That is, the release condition (notification end condition) of the magnetic detection sensor error notification is power off (OFF).

  Here, when the “main board error” and the “magnetic detection sensor error” set (classified) with the priority 2 (the same priority) occur, the error display executed in the effect display unit 17 is both It is displayed using the full screen of the display unit 17a, and may be referred to as "full screen error" or "same order error". That is, the error notification area for error display indicating that a full screen error (first type error) has occurred is the entire area of the display unit 17a. Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, a plurality of errors having different conditions for determining that an error has occurred by the main control CPU 60a are classified into the same rank errors. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a determines that a plurality of errors having different priorities have occurred, it indicates that an error having a higher priority (having a smaller numerical value) has occurred. When the main control CPU 60a determines that the same-order error has been duplicated, the error notification for the same-order error that occurred later is notified. The means 17, 18, and 19 are configured to be executed. For example, when the main control CPU 60a determines that a “magnetic detection sensor error” has occurred while the notification means 17, 18, 19 is executing the main board error notification, the notification means 17, 18 under the control of the effect control CPU 65a. 19, the magnetic detection sensor error notification is executed. Specifically, when the main control CPU 60a determines that an error has occurred, the main control CPU 60a outputs an error designation command (error information) for specifying the error that has occurred as described above to the effect control CPU 65a, and the effect control CPU 65a. When an error notification command is newly specified while the error notification is being executed based on the error specification command for specifying the input same-order error (the main control CPU 60a specifies the same-order error) Error notification command 17, 18, 19 is preferentially executed by the notification means 17, 18, 19 when the error specification command is output).

(About vibration detection sensor error)
The priority 3 "vibration detection sensor error" is an error when the vibration detection sensor (error detection means) 200 detects vibration. Specifically, when the vibration detection sensor 200 detects vibration continuously for a predetermined time (for example, 200 ms) under a specific condition, the main control CPU 60a determines that a “vibration detection sensor error” has occurred. . When the main control CPU 60a determines that the “vibration detection sensor error” has occurred, the main control CPU 60a sends a vibration error designation command (error information) indicating that the “vibration detection sensor error” has occurred to the effect control board 65 (effect control). CPU 65a).

  When a vibration error designation command is input, the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 outputs the vibration error designation command to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a), the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73, and displays the display. The control board 70, the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73 control the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 based on the vibration error designation command to execute vibration detection sensor error notification (error notification). The vibration detection sensor error display (error display) by the effect display unit 17 is executed using a part of the display unit 17a. Specifically, the letters “vibration detection sensor error” are displayed in a small vibration error notification area (notification area) 204 on the entire surface of the display unit 17a as shown in FIG. The vibration error notification area 204 is set at a position that does not overlap the effective stop position 300 set on the display unit 17a, and the decorative drawing (production symbol) displayed at the effective stop position 300 is vibrated. The detection sensor error display is configured not to be hidden. In the vibration detection sensor error display by the effect display unit 17, the vibration error notification area 204 (see FIG. 5) is displayed before the effect image displayed in the area other than the effective stop position 300 related to the game in progress on the display unit 17a. 10 (a), the entire area surrounded by the two-dot chain line is displayed in yellow (in the normal state), and a character image of “vibration detection sensor error” is displayed in the yellow background color. Further, the vibration detection sensor error notification by the lamp device 18 lights the lamp device 18 provided in front of the front frame in white. Further, the vibration detection sensor error notification by the speaker 19 outputs a sound “vibration detection sensor has reacted”. The vibration detection sensor error notification by the effect display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19 is automatically canceled after a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) from the notification start. That is, the cancellation condition of the vibration detection sensor error notification (notification end condition) is an elapsed time from the start of notification (occurrence of vibration detection sensor error).

(Operation error)
The “operation error” of priority 4 is a gaming state in which a pachinko ball is detected to flow down the second ball falling area 21b in a gaming state in which the right-handed operation mode is not recommended, or a left-handed operation mode is not recommended. Is an error when it is detected that the pachinko sphere flows down the first sphere falling region 21a. That is, this is an error when either the first operation error condition or the second operation error condition described above is satisfied. When the main control CPU 60a determines that an “operation error” has occurred when the first operation error condition is satisfied, a first operation error designation command indicating that a “first operation error” has occurred. (Error information) is output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a), and when the main control CPU 60a determines that an “operation error” has occurred when the second operation error condition is satisfied, A second operation error designation command (error information) indicating that an “operation error” has occurred is output to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a).

  Then, when the operation error designation command is input, the effect control CPU 65a of the effect control board 65 outputs a control command to the display control board 70 (display control CPU 70a), the lamp control board 72, and the sound control board 73, and the control. Based on the command, an appropriate operation form of the operation handle 16 is displayed in a predetermined notification mode (left-handed error notification mode, left-handed error notification display, right-handed error notification mode, right-handed mode) by the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17. (Error notification display). Here, as shown in FIG. 10A, the notification by the effect display unit 17 is a small launch operation notification region 206 (specifically, the first launch operation notification region 206A) with respect to the entire surface of the display unit 17a. ) Is displayed by displaying a predetermined notification display (left-handed error notification display, right-handed error notification display). The launch operation notification area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) is set at a position that does not overlap the effective stop position 300 set on the display unit 17a. It is configured so that the decorative drawing (production symbol) displayed at the effective stop position 300 is not stopped by the left-handed or right-handed error notification display. Further, the launch operation notification area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) is set at a position that does not overlap the vibration error notification area 204, and the vibration detection sensor error In the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, notification of each error can be displayed on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 at the same time.

  Here, as described above, various errors that occur in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment include errors that display an error display image using the entire surface of the display unit 17a ("main board error", "magnetic detection sensor error"). )) And an error (“vibration detection sensor error”, “operation error”) for displaying an error display image using a part of the display unit 17a. In the embodiment, in the following description, a plurality of errors displaying an error display image using the entire surface of the display unit 17a and a plurality of error display images using a part of the display unit 17a are displayed. When the error is classified, the former may be referred to as a first type error (full screen error) and the latter may be referred to as a second type error. The second type error is an error having a lower priority than the first type error.

  That is, when the main control CPU 60a determines that it is the first type error (“main board error”, “magnetic detection sensor error”), the notification mode (right-handed transition notification mode, right-handed notification mode, right notification) In the notification mode (first error notification mode) in which an error display image is displayed using the entire surface of the display unit 17a different from the strike transition notification display), the effect control CPU 65a is configured to notify the first type error. Is configured to control. Further, when it is determined that the main control CPU 60a is of the second type error ("vibration detection sensor error", "operation error"), a notification mode (right-handed transition notification mode, right-handed notification mode) for notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is provided. Transition display) and a second error notification mode in which an error display image is displayed using a part of the display unit 17a different from each of the first error notification mode and the effect display unit 17 indicates a second type error. The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control the notification.

  “RAM clear” of priority 1 is to erase the game information stored in the storage means such as the main control RAM 60c and the effect control RAM 65c by the initialization process. In the pachinko machine 10, the “RAM clear” Is set to be notified with the highest priority. That is, notification means (effects) in which the error notification corresponds to the occurrence of each error ("main board error", "magnetic detection sensor error", "vibration detection sensor error", "operation error") up to the priorities 2-4. When the initialization process is executed by the RAM clear operation while being executed by the display unit 17, the lamp device 18, and the speaker 19), the RAM clear (initialization process) is performed under the control of the main control CPU 60a and the effect control CPU 65a. The RAM clear notification (initialization process execution notification) to the effect that it has been executed is prioritized over other error notifications and is executed by notification means (effect display unit 17, lamp device 18, speaker 19). In the embodiment, since the RAM clear notification is mainly executed by the lamp device 18 and the speaker 19, when the RAM clear (initialization process) is executed, another error notification is issued by the lamp device 18 and the speaker 19. Even during execution, the lamp device 18 is fully lit and a RAM clear sound is output from the speaker 19. The effect display unit 17 preferentially displays the initial image instead of various error display images.

  Here, when the error occurs, such as “vibration detection sensor error” and “operation error”, an error display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 using a part of the areas 204 and 206 of the display unit 17a. In this case, the effect control CPU 65a is in a symbol variation effect executed by the effect display unit 17 in a state in which no error has occurred and an error has occurred and an error display is displayed on the display unit 17a. It is comprised so that the display mode of a decoration figure (symbol) may differ. In other words, the decorative drawing is configured to be variably displayed in an area excluding the vibration error notification area 204 and the launch operation notification area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B). Both the display and the design variation effect can be suitably visually confirmed. In other words, the effect display unit 17 is configured to display the decorative drawing in a different manner after the error designation command (error information) is output from the main control CPU 60a and before.

  Here, as described above, the error display notification areas 204 and 206 of the “vibration detection sensor error” and “operation error” which are the second type errors in the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17 overlap each other. In the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the first type error display notification area (the entire surface of the display unit 17a) for identifying the first type error having a high priority is set. Is set at a position that overlaps with the second type error display notification areas 204 and 206 for specifying the second type error having a lower priority than the first type error, while each second type error display notification area 204 is set. , 206 are set at positions that do not overlap each other.

  That is, in the effect display unit 17, the first type of the launch operation notifying area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notifying areas 206 </ b> A and 206 </ b> B) for notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 is provided. The notification area (the entire surface of the display unit 17a) for notifying the occurrence of the error is set so as to overlap, and when notifying the first type error, the launch operation notifying area 206 (first and second launch operation notifying areas) (Including 206A and 206B) is configured to be indistinguishable. The effect display unit 17 also displays an “operation error” for the launch operation notification area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) for notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16. The vibration error notification area 204 for notifying the occurrence of the second type of error other than the above is set so that at least a part thereof overlaps, and when the second type error is notified in the vibration error notification area 204, a launch operation notification is made. The notification in the area 206 (including the first and second launch operation notification areas 206A and 206B) can be identified.

  As shown in FIG. 20 (a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the main control CPU 60a determines that a second type error such as “vibration detection sensor error” or “operation error” has occurred. In the state where the second type error display for specifying the two types of errors is displayed in the launch operation notification area 206 (first or second launch operation notification area 206A, 206B) of the effect display unit 17, When it is determined that a first type error such as “substrate error” or “magnetic detection sensor error” has occurred, and the corresponding error designation command is output from the main control CPU 60a, the effect designation command is input. The control CPU 65a is configured to control the effect display unit 17 via the display control CPU 70a so as to display the first type error display that identifies the first type error. It is. That is, when the first type error and the second type error occur in duplicate, the effect display unit 17 hides the second type error display with the first type error display (becomes invisible). It cannot be seen from the front side. In this way, when errors with different priorities occur repeatedly, an error display with a high priority (type 1 error display) may be hidden by an error display with a low priority (type 2 error display). The occurrence of an error having a high priority can be appropriately notified.

  Similarly, when the left-handed transition condition or the right-handed transition condition is satisfied, as shown in FIG. 20A, the left-handed transition notification display or the right-handed notification mode of the left-handed notification mode is selected. When the first and second right-handed notification displays are displayed in the launch operation notification area 206 (first or second launch operation notification area 206A, 206B) of the effect display unit 17, the “main board error” When it is determined that a first type error such as “magnetic detection sensor error” has occurred and a corresponding error designation command is output from the main control CPU 60a, the effect control CPU 65a to which the error designation command has been input is The effect display unit 17 is configured to be controlled via the display control CPU 70a so as to display the first type error display for specifying the first type error. That is, when the notification display of the operation form of the operation handle 16 accompanying the transition of the gaming state or the start of the winning game and the first type error occur in duplicate, the effect display unit 17 displays the first notification display as the first display. It is hidden by the seed error display (becomes invisible) and cannot be seen from the front side. As described above, the error display with the high priority (first type error display) is not hidden by the notification display of the operation mode, and the occurrence of the error with the high priority can be appropriately notified.

  That is, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is the first type error, when the operation display mode of the operation handle 16 (left-handed operation mode, right-handed operation mode) is notified in the effect display unit 17, The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so that the notification display of the operation mode (left-handed or right-handed error notification display, left-handed or right-handed transition notification display) by the effect display unit 17 ends or the notification display becomes indistinguishable. ing. Specifically, when an error designation command for the first type of error is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) and the control command is output from the effect control CPU 65a to the display control board 70, the operation mode Is controlled to stop the display of the notification display and to display the first type error display. Further, the effect display unit 17 is configured to display the notification display of the operation form and the first type error display on different layers, and the error designation command of the first type error is the main control. When the control command is output from the effect control CPU 65a to the display control board 70 by being output from the board 60 (main control CPU 60a), the first type error display is displayed on the front of the display layer of the notification display of the operation form. By displaying the display layer, it is possible to make the right-handed transition notification display indistinguishable.

  When the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is the first type of error, the operation mode notification unit 100 sets the operation mode of the operation handle 16 (left-handed or right-handed error notification mode, left-handed or right-handed transition notification mode). When notifying, you may comprise so that the notification of the operation form by the said operation form alerting | reporting part 100 may be stopped. Specifically, an error designation command for the first type of error is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), so that the control command is output from the effect control CPU 65a to the lamp control board 72. Control can be performed so as to end the notification in the form notification unit 100. That is, when the first type error is duplicated, the notification of the operation mode (left-handed operation mode, right-handed operation mode) of the operation handle 16 is ended in both the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 or By making the notification indistinguishable and completely canceling the notification of the operation form that is easily noticeable by the player, it is possible to effectively prevent the game from being performed in a state where the first type error has occurred.

  At this time, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is of the first type, if the operation form of the operation handle 16 (right-handed operation form) is reported in the right-handed display unit 59, the right-handed display is performed. The main control CPU 60a is configured to control so that the notification by the unit 59 is continued in an identifiable state. In other words, when a first type error occurs during the right-handed gaming state, the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) continues to output a signal for lighting the right-handed display portion 59. Yes. In this way, the notification of the operation form of the operation handle 16 (right-handed operation form) is continued on the right-handed display unit 59 that is difficult for the player to see, so that even in the state where the first type error has occurred, the right-handed game It is possible to determine whether or not it is in a state.

  Here, as described above, the second type error display (error display) notification areas 204 and 206 (specifically, the first launch operation notification area, such as “vibration detection sensor error” and “operation error”). 206A) are set so as not to overlap each other, and when these second type errors occur in duplicate, a plurality of second type error displays are displayed in parallel on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17. It is configured so that it can be displayed. That is, the left-handed or right-handed error notification display and the error display accompanying the “vibration detection sensor error” can be displayed in parallel. Then, the effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 so as to display the corresponding second type error display on the display unit 17a until the notification end condition set for each second type error is satisfied. It has become. That is, when the second type error that is different from the error specified by the second type error display during the display occurs during the display of the second type error display on the display unit 17a, the main control CPU 60a If it is determined, the second-type error display being displayed is continuously displayed until the corresponding second-type error notification termination condition is satisfied (until the error is resolved), and it is newly generated. The effect display unit 17 is controlled to display a second type error display for specifying the determined second type error in the corresponding notification area. Note that “error is resolved” includes that the cause of the error is resolved and that the preset notification termination condition is satisfied.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 20B, a notification area 204 of second type error display (error display) such as “vibration detection sensor error” excluding “operation error”, and left-handed transition condition or right-handed transition condition The notification area 206 (specifically, the second launch operation notification area 206B) of the notification form of the operation form of the operation handle 16 associated with the transition of the game state and the start of the winning game when It is set not to be. That is, when the left-handed transition condition or the right-handed transition condition is satisfied and the error display associated with the second type error occurs, the notification display (left-handed) A transition notification display and a right-hand notification notification) and a second type error display can be displayed in parallel on the display unit 17a of the effect display unit 17.

  That is, as shown in FIG. 20B, when the main control CPU 60a determines that it is the second type of error (specifically, “vibration detection sensor error” other than “operation error”), the effect display unit 17 When the operation form (left-handed operation form or right-handed operation form) of the operation handle 16 is reported in the launching operation notification area 206 (first or second launching operation notification area 206A, 206B), The effect control CPU 65a is configured to control so as to continue the notification display of the operation mode (left-handed or right-handed error notification display, left-handed or right-handed transition notification display) by the effect display unit 17. Specifically, a control command is sent from the effect control CPU 65a to the display control board 70 by outputting an error designation command of the second type error ("vibration detection sensor error") from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). When output, it is configured not to stop or change the notification display of the operation mode. Similarly, when the main control CPU 60a determines that it is the second type of error (specifically, “vibration detection sensor error” other than “operation error”), the operation mode notification unit 100 operates the operation handle 16. When the form (left-handed operation form or right-handed operation form) is being notified, the notification (left-handed or right-handed error notification mode, left-handed or right-handed transition notification mode) is continued by the operation mode notification unit 100 It is configured to Specifically, the second type ("vibration detection sensor error") error designation command is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), so that the control command is sent from the effect control CPU 65a to the lamp control board 72. When output, it is configured not to stop or change the notification in the operation mode notification unit 100. That is, when the second type error is duplicated, notification of the operation form (left-handed operation form, right-handed operation form) of the operation handle 16 is continued in both the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17. Thus, an appropriate game can be promoted as it is even in the state where the second type error has occurred.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 20B, when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is the second type, the operation form of the operation handle 16 (right-handed operation form) is notified in the right-handed display unit 59. If there is, the main control CPU 60a is configured to control so that the notification by the right-handed display unit 59 is continued in an identifiable state. That is, when the second type error occurs in the middle of the right-handed gaming state, it is determined whether or not the right-handed gaming state is reached by continuing to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16 (right-handed operation form). can do.

  Here, the various errors that occur in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, when the main control CPU 60a outputs an error designation command (error information) to the effect control board 65 (effect control CPU 65a) when an error occurs, At the same time, a security error (error occurrence signal) indicating an error occurrence is output to the hall computer HC (external) via an output terminal provided on the external terminal board 92, and a security signal (abnormality occurrence signal) is sent to the hall computer. Non-security errors that are not output to HC are distinguished. In the embodiment, “RAM clear”, “main board error”, “magnetic detection sensor error”, and “vibration detection sensor error” set in the priority orders 1 to 3 are classified into security errors. The set “operation error” is classified as a non-security error (see FIG. 19). Here, when the left-handed transition condition or the right-handed transition condition is satisfied as described above, an external output signal (a hit signal or a variable giving signal) is output from the external terminal board 92 as the game state is changed or the hit game is started. Etc.) or the output of the external output signal is stopped. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, depending on the condition (first or second operation error condition, left-handed or right-handed transition condition) that is satisfied when the operation form of the operation handle 16 is notified, When the signal is output to the outside of the machine (left-handed or right-handed transition condition) and when the signal is not output to the outside of the gaming machine ((first or second operation error condition)), the hall computer HC In (external), it is configured to be able to identify an appropriate operation form of the operation handle 16 according to the game situation.

  That is, the main control CPU 60a included in the main control board 60 of the embodiment acquires a winning information such as a random number in response to the establishment of the start condition (winning the first starting winning portion 27 or the second starting winning portion 28). It has a function as information acquisition means. In addition, a hit determination means for performing a hit determination (determination per special figure) when the start condition is satisfied, and a hit game to be given from a plurality of types of hit games when the hit determination becomes a hit determination result. The hit game determination means for determining the type, and the hit game granting means for giving the hit game after the end of the special figure variation display (after the end of the symbol variation effect) triggered by the hit judgment being the hit judgment result. The main control CPU 60a has a function. Specifically, the main control CPU 60a determines a symbol (special symbol per symbol) from a plurality of types of symbols (special symbols) stored in the main control ROM 60b when the main control CPU 60a as the hit determination means determines that the symbol is a hit. It has a function as a symbol determination means. The main control CPU 60a triggers the establishment of the start condition, and the special control fluctuation pattern determination means (fluctuation pattern determination means) for determining the special figure fluctuation pattern from a plurality of types of special figure fluctuation patterns (variation patterns) stored in the main control ROM 60b. It has the function as.

  The main control CPU 60a functions as a probability change determining means for determining whether or not to give a probability change state in which the probability that the determination by the hit determination means will be a hit determination result is higher than normal, and the probability change state after the winning game ends. It is comprised so that it may function as a probability change provision means to provide. Whether the main control CPU 60a gives a special game state (variable state) for opening and closing the open / close winning means under an open / close control condition advantageous to the player when the determination of the hit determination means is a hit determination result. It is configured to function as a specific game state determination unit that determines a game state, and to give a specific game state after the winning game. Further, the main control CPU 60a functions as a grant period determining means for determining a grant period of the specific game state when a specific game state is granted. Further, the main control CPU 60a functions as a game state specifying means that can specify a game state in which a game is performed (whether or not a probability change state is given or whether or not a change state is given) and is specified. It functions as a signal output means for outputting a signal that can identify the gaming state. Here, the main control CPU 60a of the embodiment specifies the gaming state based on the probability change flag and the change flag set in the storage means such as the main control RAM 60c. In this way, the main control CPU 60a, when the winning determination is a winning determination result, is a privilege state that is advantageous to the player after the winning game based on winning in the first starting winning portion 27 or the second starting winning portion 28. It has a function as a privilege state determination means for determining whether (probable change state or variable state) is given. Further, the main control CPU 60a is configured to function as a first notification control unit that controls notification by a first notification unit (right-handed display unit 59) capable of reporting a specific gaming state. Further, the main control CPU 60a has a function as an error determination unit that determines which of a plurality of types of errors has occurred.

  Further, the main control RAM 60c functions as special figure holding storage means capable of storing a plurality of winning information as special figure start holding information. Specifically, the winning information acquired by the detection of the first start winning detection sensor 31 while the variable display is being performed on the display means (the effect display unit 17 and the first special figure display unit 50A) is the first. While the variable display is being performed on the first special figure hold storage means and the display means (the effect display unit 17 and the second special figure display unit 50B) stored as special figure start hold information, the second start winning detection sensor 32 It functions as a second special figure holding storage means for storing the winning information acquired upon detection as second special figure start holding information.

In addition, the effect control CPU 65a provided in the effect control board 65 of the embodiment has a function as an effect determining means for determining effect contents to be performed by effect executing means such as the effect display means (effect display unit 17). It functions as an execution control means for executing the effect. That is, the effect control CPU 65a functions as an effect display control means for controlling the display effect of the effect display means (effect display unit 17). Further, the effect control CPU 65a controls the notification by the second and third notification means (the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) that can notify the specific gaming state in a plurality of notification modes. It is configured to function as a means. Furthermore, the effect control CPU 65a functions as a second game state specifying means that can specify a game state in which a game is performed (whether or not a certain change state is given or whether or not a change state is given). Yes. Here, the effect control CPU 65a of the embodiment specifies the gaming state based on the probability change information flag and the change information flag set in the storage means such as the effect control RAM 65c based on the control signal from the main control board 60. .

(Operation of Example)
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment will be described.

  In a gaming state where the variable state is not given (non-variable state), a game is performed by the player operating the operation handle 16 in a left-handed operation mode, so that a game area 21 (first number) of the gaming board 20 is played. The first start hold information acquired when the pachinko ball launched into the one-ball flow-down area 21a) wins the first start winning opening 27a of the first start winning section 27 (satisfaction of the first start condition) is obtained. Based on the special figure, determination is made. The pachinko ball launched into the game area 21 (first ball falling area 21a) of the game board 20 passes through the first gate portion 41, and the second result is determined according to the determination result of the normal hit determination. 2 The second start hold acquired when the start opening / closing member 29 of the start winning section 28 is opened and winning the second start winning opening 28a of the second start winning section 28 (satisfaction of the second start condition) is obtained. Based on the information, judgment per special figure is performed. Here, in the non-variable state, since the start opening / closing member 29 of the second start winning portion 28 is not easily opened according to the determination result of the normal hit determination, the winning of the first start winning portion 27 is mainly used. A game is performed.

  On the other hand, in the gaming state to which the variable state is given, the game is performed by the player operating the operation handle 16 in the right-handed operation mode, so that the gaming area 21 (second ball falling area) of the gaming board 20 is performed. 21b), the start opening / closing member 29 of the second start winning portion 28 is opened according to the determination result of the normal hit determination performed when the pachinko ball launched by the second gate portion 43 is triggered. Based on the second start hold information acquired by winning the second start winning port 28a of the 2 start winning section 28 (satisfaction of the second start condition), determination per special figure is performed. Here, in the game in the left-handed operation mode, the pachinko ball can win the first and second start winning portions 27 and 28 as described above, whereas in the game in the right-handed operation mode, the first While it is almost impossible to expect a winning to the start winning portion 27, a pachinko ball can win the second starting winning portion 28. Therefore, in the short state or hitting game in which the opening and closing member 29 of the pachinko ball second starting winning portion 28 of the embodiment is opened and closed under an opening / closing control condition advantageous to the player, In this case, more prize balls can be obtained, and the player can play a game advantageously.

  Further, when a winning game is performed, the right handle display unit 59 is notified in the same notification mode, and the operation handle 16 is operated in a right-handed operation mode so that the pachinko ball flows down in the second ball flow down region 21b. It is possible to accurately notify the player that the game can be advantageously performed. Also, in the case of a winning game, a reporting mode (right-handed transition reporting mode, right-handed mode) according to the hit-time notification conditions (first to fifth hit-time notification conditions) that are established when winning the special figure hit determination is won. By notifying the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 with the strike type notification display), the player can be notified of the operation form of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the state and urge the player to play a game that matches the winning game. it can. Thus, the combination of the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 enables notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the winning game. In addition, the player can grasp or infer the development of the game and the profits obtained from the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 according to the contents determined as the hit notification condition. As a result, the interest of the game is improved. Here, in the embodiment, the operation mode notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are controlled so as to notify in any one of a plurality of notification modes in accordance with the start of winning game according to the established hit notification condition. Thus, notification by the right-handed display unit 59 (that is, notification based on the control of the main control CPU 60a) and notification by the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 (that is, notification based on the control of the effect control CPU 65a). This makes it possible to appropriately notify the player in accordance with the progress of the hit game while avoiding the occurrence of defects.

  In addition, in the embodiment, when the first hit notification condition is established when the determination result per special figure is obtained, and when the determination result per special figure is obtained, the second to fourth hits are obtained. When any one of the hour notification conditions is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 performs the same notification mode (first right) during the first notification specific period (period until the opening time elapses) in each winning game. The operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified in the hit transition notification mode, and after the first notification specific period has elapsed, a different mode (first or second right-handed transition notification) according to the established hit notification condition. Mode), the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation mode. Also, when the first hit notification condition is established when the determination result per special figure is established, and when the fifth hit notification condition is established when the determination result per special figure is obtained In the first display specific period in each winning game (period until the opening time elapses), the same notification display (second right-handed transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17) Introductory effect) is displayed to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16, and after the first specific display period has elapsed, a different notification display (first or second right-handed) according to the established hit notification condition. A transition notification display) is displayed on the effect display unit 17 to notify the operation mode. In this way, when the hit notification conditions established when triggered by the determination result per special figure are different, the operation form notifying unit 100 or the like in the same notification mode in the specific period of each hit game performed in accordance with the hit The effect display unit 17 gives notification, and the notification mode in the subsequent period is configured to be different, so that the player's interest in the change of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 is increased, and the interest of the game Can be improved.

  Here, in the embodiment, when the first hit-time notification condition is established when the determination result per special figure is obtained, and when the determination result per special figure is obtained, the second to fourth cases are obtained. The notification display displayed on the effect display unit 17 during the first display specific period (the period until the opening time elapses) differs from the case where any of the hit notification conditions is satisfied. Similarly, the first hit notification condition is established when the determination result per special figure is established, and the fifth hit notification condition is established when the determination result per special figure is obtained. The notification mode notified by the operation mode notification unit 100f during the first display specific period (the period until the opening time elapses) differs from the case. In this way, by combining the notification forms of both the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17, the award balls that can be obtained by the awarded winning game and the granting period of the variable state after the winning game are played. Can judge. Thus, the interest of the player with respect to the change of the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 can be increased, and the interest of the game can be improved.

  In addition, when the second hit notification condition is established when the determination result per special figure is established, and when the third to fourth hit notification conditions are obtained when the determination result per special figure is obtained. When either one is established, the operation mode notification unit 100 has the same notification mode (the period from the start of the winning game to the end of the first round game) during the second notification specific period in each winning game (the period from the start of the winning game to the end of the first round game). In the first right-handed transition notification mode), the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified, and the effect display unit 17 displays the same notification display (second introduction effect in which the second right-handed transition notification display is displayed). Then, the operation form of the operation handle 16 is notified. And after progress of the said 2nd alerting | reporting specific period, at least any one of the operation form alerting | reporting part 100 and the production | presentation display part 17 differs according to the established hit alerting | reporting conditions (in the Example, the operation form alerting | reporting part 100). In the first or second right-handed transition notification mode), the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation mode. That is, in the pachinko machine of the embodiment, when the hit notification condition of any of the second to fourth hit notification conditions is satisfied, during the second notification specific period, the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display It is impossible to determine the gaming state after hitting the game (that is, whether it is a variable state or a non-variable state) from the notification form of the unit 17. As described above, the interest of the player with respect to changes in the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 during the winning game can be increased, and the interest of the game can be improved.

  Further, in the embodiment, when the special figure determination is won during the non-variable state (per special figure), any one of the first to fourth hit notification conditions is satisfied, so that the operation mode In the case where the notification unit 100 notifies in the first right-handed transition notification mode, but wins the special figure determination during the variable speed state (because of the special figure), the notification is made regardless of the type of winning game. Since the hitting time notification condition of 5 is established, the operation mode notification unit 100 is notified in the second right-handed transition notification mode. That is, the effect control CPU 65a determines whether the determination per special figure becomes a determination result per special figure during the variable speed state, and when the determination per special figure becomes a determination result per special figure in the non-variable state. The notification mode notified by the controlled notification means (in this case, the operation mode notification unit 100) is different, so that the notification mode of the notification means (in this case, the operation mode notification unit 100) controlled by the effect control CPU 65a is changed to the winning game. Can be guessed, the player's interest in the operation mode of the operation handle 16 notified by the notification means can be increased, and the interest of the game can be improved.

  In addition, as described above, when the fifth hit notification condition is established by winning the special symbol determination (per special diagram) during the variable state, the other hit notification conditions (first to first) In the effect display unit 17, the operation mode is notified by a change in the notification display different from the case where the 4 hitting time notification condition) is satisfied. In this way, the effect control is performed when the judgment per special figure becomes a judgment result per special figure during the variable state and when the judgment per special figure becomes the judgment result per special figure in the non-variable state. The notification means (in this case, the effect display unit 17) controlled by the effect control CPU 65a due to the change in the notification mode (notification display) notified by the notification means (in this case, the effect display unit 17) controlled by the CPU 65a. The type of winning game can be inferred from the change in the notification mode (notification display), and the player's interest in the operation mode of the operation handle 16 notified by the notification means is increased, and the interest of the game is improved. Can do. Thus, the operation mode notification unit 100 is made different in the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 depending on whether or not the gaming state when the special figure determination is performed is the variable state. It is possible to enhance the interest of the player with respect to the notification mode on the effect display unit 17 and to improve the interest of the game.

  In the embodiment, according to the elapsed period from the start of the hit game (the period until the opening time elapses, the period until the round game of the first round ends, the period until the round game of the second round ends) Thus, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified by changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17. Specifically, when the first to fourth hit notification conditions are satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 at least until the predetermined period (first notification specific period) elapses from the start of the hit game. By notifying in the right-handed transition notification mode of 1, the player can identify that it is difficult to expect the pachinko ball to win the special winning portion 36 until the first round of the game is completed. Based on this, the player can appropriately select whether to play the game in the right-handed operation mode or to watch the progress of the game, and the range of game selection is expanded. Similarly, when the second to fourth winning notification conditions are satisfied, the first right in the effect display unit 17 is from the start of the winning game until a predetermined period (first notification specific period) elapses. By notifying by displaying the strike transition notification display, it is possible for the player to identify that it is difficult to expect the pachinko ball to win the special winning portion 36 until the first round game is completed. Based on this, the player can appropriately select whether to play the game in the right-handed operation mode or to watch the progress of the game, and the range of game selection is expanded.

  In addition, when the first to third winning notification conditions are satisfied, at least a predetermined period (second notification specific period) has elapsed since the start of the winning game, the operation mode notification unit 100 performs the second right By notifying in the batting change notification mode, the player can identify that the second round game in which the pachinko ball can be won in the special winning portion 36 is started, and a right-handed operation based on the notification The engineer can appropriately recognize that it is necessary to play the game in the form, and can play the game. Furthermore, when the fifth winning notification condition is satisfied, the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies the second right-handed transition notifying mode from the start of the winning game, so that a special prize is awarded in the first round game. The player can identify that a win of a pachinko ball can be expected to the part 36, and the player appropriately recognizes that it is necessary to play a game in a right-handed operation mode based on the notification, and performs the game Can do.

  Thus, when a winning game is given, the operating mode of the operation handle 16 is notified by changing the reporting mode of the operation mode notifying unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 according to the elapsed period from the start of the winning game. Thus, the player can play a game in accordance with the elapsed period from the start of the winning game. In addition, when the winning game is given, while the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify, the right-handed display unit 59 notifies in the same notification mode, so that the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is accurately determined. Can be notified. Thus, the combination of the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 enables notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the state.

  Further, in the embodiment, when the condition for giving the variable state is satisfied, at least any one of the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 from the end of the hit game until the start of the variable state is started. In this case, the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is continued. In this way, by continuing the notification from the end of the hit game to the start of giving the variable state, the operation form of the operation handle 16 can be notified without interruption. And, as will be described later, it is necessary to play the game in the right-handed operation mode or return to the left-handed operation mode according to the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 accompanying the start of giving the variable state. Therefore, the player can appropriately select whether to play the game in the left-handed operation mode in anticipation of occurrence of the game, or to watch the progress of the game, so that the range of game selection can be expanded and the interest of the game can be enhanced. At this time, when starting to give the variable state, by notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 in the same notification form as the notification form at the end of the winning game, the operation form of the operation handle 16 is not interrupted. It is possible to report accurately.

  Here, in the embodiment, when the first winning notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 have different notification modes (notifications) depending on the opening time in the winning game and the first round game. The operation mode of the operation handle 16 in (display) is notified. Further, when the fifth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation display mode of the operation handle 16 with different notification display is notified in the effect display unit 17 between the opening time in the winning game and the first round game. . Thus, the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the opening time of the winning game is different from the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the round game, so that the opening is performed. It is possible to increase the interest in the change of the notification mode with the passage of time. And, as in the embodiment, the form of notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 is changed between the opening time and the first round game, so that the game state after the hit game (specifically, the state of change state) By making it possible to identify the grant period (65 times), it is possible to further increase the interest in the change of the notification mode with the lapse of the opening time.

  In the embodiment, when the third winning notification condition is satisfied, the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 have different notification modes (notification display) for the final round game and the ending time in the winning game. The operation form of the operation handle 16 is notified. Further, when the fifth hitting time notification condition is satisfied, the operation display mode of the operation handle 16 with different notification display is notified in the effect display unit 17 for the final round game and the ending time in the winning game. As described above, the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the round game of the winning game is different from the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in the ending time. It is possible to increase interest in the change of the notification mode accompanying the end of the game. Further, in the embodiment, when the second winning notification condition is satisfied, the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 have the same notification form (notification display) in the final round game and the ending time in the winning game. The operation form of the operation handle 16 is notified. In this way, depending on whether or not the form for notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 changes depending on the final round game and the ending time, the game state after the hit game (specifically, the granting period of the variable state 25 times) Or any one of once, five times, and 25 times), the interest in the change of the notification mode accompanying the end of the round game can be further increased.

  That is, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the notification means (notification display) in different notification modes (notification display) according to the advantage (granting number of winning balls acquired in the winning game and the gaming state after the winning game) associated with the winning of the winning game ( While the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) can be notified, the right-handed display unit 59 can change the operation form of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode regardless of the advantage associated with the winning game. It is configured to be able to notify. In other words, in the embodiment, the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) is notified by a different notification mode (notification display) or a change in the notification mode for each notification condition that is satisfied. Thus, when a winning game is awarded, the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed under advantageous conditions by notifying the operation form of the operation handle 16 with the same notification display on the right-handed display portion 59. The effect control CPU 65a controls to change the notification in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 based on the advantage of the hit game while accurately informing, so that the advantage of the hit game is given. A player can play a combined game.

  As described above, in the embodiment, at a predetermined switching timing (notification switching timing, display switching timing) in a winning game, the notification mode (notification display) of the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 is changed to change the operation handle 16. While notifying the operation mode, the right-handed display unit 59 notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in the same notification mode before and after changing the notification mode (notification display) of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17. It is like that. Therefore, when the winning game is given, the right-handed display unit 59 notifies in the same notification mode before and after the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 changes, so that the operation handle 16 can be operated. The form can be reported accurately. A combination of notification modes in a plurality of notification means (right-handed display unit 59, operation mode notification unit 100, and effect display unit 17) enables notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the game situation. .

  Similarly, in the embodiment, notification switching conditions (first to fifth hit notification conditions, second, third, fifth, and sixth grants) that are established when the hit determination becomes a hit determination result. The switching timing (notification switching timing, display switching timing) for switching the notification mode of the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17) is specified according to the condition change condition included in the condition group. The notification mode is changed at this switching timing to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. As described above, by specifying the switching timing according to the notification switching condition that is established when the determination per special figure becomes the determination result per special figure, the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit The player can play a game in accordance with the change in the 17 notification modes. In addition, by specifying the switching timing according to the notification switching condition established when the determination per special figure becomes the determination result per special figure, the result of the special figure determination, the operation form notification unit 100, A correlation is formed with the timing at which the notification mode of the effect display unit 17 changes, and interest in the change in the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 can be increased.

  Here, in the embodiment, at the switching timing (notification switching timing, display switching timing), the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) switches the switching information (variation end command CMD7, special figure variation pattern designation command, all symbols stop command). , The end control command CMD6, the round specification command CMD2, the round end specification command CMD3, the ending specification command CMD5, etc.) are output to the effect control board 65, and the effect control CPU 65a outputs the change information based on the input of the switching information. The operation mode notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are controlled to change the notification mode. In this way, various games determined by the main control board 60 by changing the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 based on the switching information input from the main control board 60 at the switching timing. It is possible to change the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 together with the information. That is, in the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to change the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 in accordance with the progress of the game based on the determination of the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a).

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment grants a winning game when a winning game is given in response to a determination result per special figure (when the first to fifth winning notification conditions are satisfied). Regardless of the degree of advantage, a hit signal is output as an external output signal to the outside of the pachinko machine via the external terminal board 92. In this way, by outputting the same signal to the outside regardless of the advantage associated with the winning game, whether or not the special winning portion 36 is opened or closed under advantageous conditions (that is, the game is played in the right-handed operation mode). It is possible for the hall computer HC to identify whether or not the state is to be performed based on the hit signal. As a result, it becomes possible for an employee of the game store to prompt the player to play a game in an operation mode suitable for the game, or to determine whether a game is being played in an abnormal operation mode.

  In addition, a grant condition is set to give a variable state for each hit game given when winning the first or second start winning portion 27, 28, and any one of the grant conditions is established and changed. The main control CPU 60a controls the right-handed display unit 59 of the game information display unit M to notify in the same notification form when the short state is given or when the winning game is given. That is, when the right-handed display unit 59 notifies in the same notification mode in the case of a variable state or a winning game, it is possible to accurately notify that the game is performed under advantageous conditions by playing the game in the right-handed operation mode. it can. In this way, when the player refers to the right-handed display unit 59 as appropriate during the game, it is determined whether it is in the variable state or the non-variable state, whether it is in the hit game, and the pachinko ball is The operation form of the operation handle 16 to be launched can be appropriately selected. That is, a right-handed display indicates that the second start winning portion 28 is opened and closed under advantageous conditions (variable state) and that the special winning portion 36 is opened and closed under advantageous conditions (winning game). The portion 59 can be notified accurately, and the player can appropriately determine the operation form of the operation handle 16 by referring to the right-handed display portion 59 as appropriate during the game.

  In addition, when the determination per special figure becomes a winning determination result when winning the first or second starting winning portion 27, 28, based on the granting condition established corresponding to the winning game to be awarded. The operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit can be notified in any one of a plurality of notification modes (first or second right-handed transition notification mode, first or second right-handed transition notification display). 17 is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a. That is, when the variable state is applied, the right-handed transition notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the right-handed transition notification display content in the effect display unit 17 are set according to the conditions for applying the variable state to be established. By changing the value, it becomes possible for the player to select a game (a game in the right-handed operation mode) that matches the given variable state. That is, the player can select the operation mode of the operation handle 16 according to the status of giving the variable state notified by the operation mode notifying unit 100 or the effect display unit 17, and the player can select the operation mode to the right along with the application of the variable state. The range of selection when playing a game can be expanded without forcing the hitting operation form. In other words, the combination of the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59 controlled by the main control CPU 60a and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 controlled by the effect control CPU 65a can be varied according to the state of the game. Therefore, it is possible to perform appropriate notification, increase the degree of freedom of selection of the game form by the player, and improve the interest of the game.

  Here, according to the grant conditions established for each winning game, when the winning state is given after the winning game triggered by winning the first start winning portion 27 where the main game is performed in the non-changing state, It is configured such that the granting period (number of times of alteration) of the variable state is different, and a plurality of notification modes (first right-handed transition notification mode or second right-handed transition notification mode) depending on the granting period of the variable state. The operation mode notifying unit 100 is configured to notify in any one of the notification modes. Specifically, when any of the granting conditions included in the first granting condition group is fulfilled by winning the first start winning part 27, the granting period (shortening of the shortening) is given. When the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the first right-handed transition notification mode and any of the application conditions included in the second application condition group is satisfied, During the granted period (any one of 5 times, 25 times, or 65 times of change), the operation mode notifying unit 100 notifies in the second right-handed transition notification mode and is included in the third grant condition group. If any of the granting conditions to be satisfied is satisfied, the operation form notifying unit 100 performs the first right-hand hit during the granting period in which the shortening state is imparted (either the number of times of shortening is 5 or 25). The notification is changed from the transition notification mode to the second right-handed transition notification mode. As described above, when the variable state is applied, the operation mode notification unit 100 can be notified in a different notification mode based on the variable state application period, thereby matching the variable state application period. The player can play the game. That is, when the operation form notification unit 100 makes a notification in the first right-handed transition notification mode that is difficult to stand out, there is a possibility that the operation handle 16 needs to be returned to the left-handed operation form in a short period (one variable number of times). In addition, even if the operation handle 16 is operated so as to play a right-handed operation in the meantime, the second start winning portion 28 may not be opened as a result of the normal hit determination. Therefore, the left-handed operation mode is predicted by predicting that it is necessary to perform the game in the right-handed mode or return to the left-handed mode by informing the operation mode informing unit 100 in the first right-handed transition mode. Thus, the player can appropriately select whether to play the game or watch the progress of the game, and the range of selection of the game is expanded.

  In addition, by configuring so that the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 can be changed and notified according to the elapsed period from the start of the change state, the game according to the elapsed period from the start of the change state Can be performed by the player. In other words, the hit game (first specific hit game) corresponding to the symbols D and d per special figure is the main control when the judgment per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. When it is determined by the CPU 60a that the variable condition is given (the grant condition included in the third grant condition group), and the variable state is given in the first specific grant period (25 times) In addition to notifying in the first right-handed transition notification mode at the start of the provision of the variable state, the first notification switching period from the start of provision of the variable state (one symbol variation effect ( The notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is changed so that the second right-handed transition notification mode is notified after the elapse of a period until the special figure variation display) is confirmed and stopped. Similarly, the hit game (first specific hit game) corresponding to the symbols F and f per special figure is triggered by the fact that the determination per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. By being determined by the control CPU 60a, the grant condition for the variable state (the grant condition included in the third grant condition group) is established, and the short state is given in the second specific grant period (five times). In such a case, the first right-handed transition notification mode is notified in accordance with the start of giving the variable state, and the second right-handed transition notification is made after the first notification switching period has elapsed from the start of giving the variable state. The notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is changed so as to be notified in a manner.

  Therefore, during the notification in the first right-handed transition notification mode (from the winning game to the elapse of the first notification switching period), the game is executed in the left-handed operation mode or the right-handed operation mode as described above. After the player changes the notification mode to the second right-handed transition notification mode that expands the range of game selection and attracts attention more appropriately, the right-handed operation mode of the game It is possible to prevent the player from suffering a disadvantage by more actively promoting the execution. Further, before and after changing the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100, the right-handed display unit 59 reports in the same notification mode (the notification mode does not change), so that the second start winning unit 28 is advantageous. It is possible to accurately notify the player that it is in a state of being opened and closed. Therefore, when changing the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 in accordance with the elapsed period from the start of giving the variable state, the combination of the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 Thus, various notifications according to the state of the game can be appropriately performed, the degree of freedom of selection of the operation form of the operation handle 16 by the player can be increased, and the interest of the game can be improved.

  Here, the hit game corresponding to the symbols B, C, b, c per special figure (second specific hit) is triggered when the judgment per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the result of judgment per special figure. When the (game) is determined by the main control CPU 60a, the grant condition in the variable state (grant condition included in the second grant condition group) is satisfied, and the variable is changed in the first specific grant period (25 times). When the state is given, during the first specific grant period (during the variable state), the operation mode notification unit 100 is notified in the second right-handed transition notification mode. Similarly, the hit game (second specific hit game) corresponding to the symbols E and e per special figure is the main when the judgment per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the judgment result per special figure. By being determined by the control CPU 60a, the provision condition of the variable state (the provision condition included in the second provision condition group) is established, and the variable state is provided in the second specific provision period (five times). In this case, during the second specific grant period (during the variable state), the operation mode notification unit 100 is notified in the second right-handed transition notification mode. As described above, the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is changed or the same notification mode is maintained in accordance with the type of hit game (change condition grant condition) that is a trigger for the change state. By changing the manner of notification, it is possible to enhance interest in the notification mode change and improve the interest of the game while appropriately performing various notifications according to the state of the game. Moreover, it can prevent that the alerting | reporting aspect in the operation form alerting | reporting part 100 becomes uniform.

  In the embodiment, any one of the granting conditions included in the second and third granting condition groups is satisfied, whereby a winning game (a specific type of winning game, that is, the first to sixth, eighth in the embodiment). To the 15th and 16th to 18th win games), when changing from the variable state to the non-variable state with the lapse of the variable state grant period given after the hit game. In addition, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in a left-handed notification mode corresponding to the non-changeable state. On the other hand, a winning game (second specific type of winning game, that is, the seventh and sixteenth winning games in the embodiment) is granted when any of the grant conditions included in the first grant condition group is satisfied. In such a case, the operation mode notifying unit 100 corresponds to the non-variable state when the variable state is changed from the variable state to the non-variable state with the lapse of the variable state granted period after the winning game. The left-handed notification mode is not notified (becomes a non-notification state). In this way, when the variable state continues for a certain long period (5 times, 25 times, 65 times) and then shifts to the non-variable state, the operation mode notification unit 100 is in a left-handed notification mode. By informing, it is possible to prevent the player from continuing the game in the right-handed operation mode as it is, and the player can play a game in accordance with the switching from the variable state to the non-variable state. When the variable state ends in a short period (once), the operation mode notification unit 100 does not notify the transition from the variable state to the non-variable state, thereby switching between the variable state and the non-variable state. A player can play a game that is not conscious of. In this way, notification according to the type of hit game that becomes an opportunity to give the variable state can be performed.

  Here, the operation form notifying unit 100 includes a plurality of display units (a switching notifying unit 101 and a right-handed notifying unit 103) that can notify the change state, and the application condition is satisfied when the change state is provided. Based on any one of these notification units (only the right-handed notification unit 103 in the embodiment) or a combination of them (both the switching notification unit 101 and the right-handed notification unit 103), a different notification mode ( The first and second right-handed transition notification modes) may be notified. As described above, by using the right-handed notification unit 103 in common and informing in different right-handed notification modes, the first and second right-handed transition notification modes can be remarkably different, and the operation mode concerned It is possible to accurately notify the player of the provision state of the variable state from the notification unit 100. In addition, the switching notification unit 101 of the operation mode notification unit 100 is used in a left-handed notification mode that notifies the non-change state. As described above, the operation mode notification unit 100 can be formed in a compact manner by notifying the non-changed state and the changed state using the same switching notification unit 101. Moreover, when checking the operation form alert | report part 100, a player's gaze movement can be decreased as much as possible.

  Further, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment can display a right-handed notification display for notifying the effect display unit 17 of the provision of the variable state when the variable state is applied, separately from the operation form notification unit 100. It is comprised, and the right-handed notification display which changes according to the advantage accompanying provision of a variable state can be displayed on the said effect display means. In this way, by displaying a different notification display on the effect display means according to the advantage associated with the provision of the variable state (in the embodiment, the provision period of the variable state), the advantage of the provided variable state The player can play a game that matches the game. That is, various notifications according to the state of the game are appropriately performed by combining the notification mode of the right-handed display unit 59 controlled by the main control CPU 60a and the notification display of the effect display unit 17 controlled by the effect control CPU 65a. It is possible to increase the degree of freedom of selection of the game form by the player and improve the interest of the game. Furthermore, since the change state is notified in the operation form notification unit 100 as described above, various notifications can be performed by combining the right-handed display unit 59, the operation form notification unit 100, and the effect display unit 17.

  Further, in the embodiment, when any of the grant conditions (second specific grant condition) included in the sixth grant condition group is satisfied and the main control CPU 60a grants the variable state after the winning game, The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 so that the first and second right-handed transition notification displays are not displayed in accordance with the start of giving the variable state due to the end of the hit game according to the established grant condition. The effect control CPU 65a controls the effect display unit 17 to display the first right-handed transition notification display after the elapse of a predetermined period from the start of giving the short state. That is, when the fourth, sixth, thirteenth, and fifteenth winning games are given in response to the special figure in the non-variable state, until the first notification switching period after the winning game. During this period, by not displaying the first and second right-handed transition notification displays on the effect display unit 17, it is possible that the winning opportunity to the second start winning unit 28 may end in a short period of time. While allowing the player to recognize, the operation mode notification unit 100 prompts the player to launch a pachinko ball in the right-handed operation mode, and after the first notification switching period, the operation mode notification unit 100 By displaying the first right-handed transition notification display on the effect display unit 17 in addition to the notification of the right-handed operation mode, the player can recognize that the winning opportunity to the second start winning unit 28 will continue for a long time. Encourage players to launch pachinko balls It can be. In this way, by matching the period from the start of giving the variable state to the display of the first right-handed transition notification display with the first notification switching period in which the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 is switched, 2 It becomes possible to impress the player strongly on the change of the winning opportunity to the starting winning portion 28.

  In addition, when any of the grant conditions (first specific grant conditions) included in the fourth or fifth grant condition group is established and the main control CPU 60a grants the variable state after the winning game, A right-handed notification display (first or second right-handed transition notification display) is displayed on the effect display unit 17 from the start of giving the variable state. In this way, by changing the notification timing of the effect display unit 17 according to the type of hit game (providing condition for changing state) that is an opportunity to be given the changing state, a variety of conditions according to the state of the game can be obtained. While performing notification appropriately, it is possible to increase interest in the notification timing of the notification display and improve the interest of the game. Further, it is possible to prevent the notification display timing in the effect display unit 17 from becoming uniform.

Further, in the embodiment, when the operation mode notification unit 100 performs notification in the same notification mode (second right-handed transition notification mode), different notification displays (first right-handed transition notification) Display or second right-handed transition notification display) is displayed on the effect display unit 17. That is, for example, in the embodiment, the provision condition (fourth provision condition group) of the variable state for displaying the first right-handed transition notification display on the effect display unit 17, and the second right-handed on the effect display unit 17. The change condition giving condition (fifth assigning condition group) for displaying the transition notice display is the change condition giving condition (second condition) notified by the operation form notifying unit 100 in the second right-handed transition notice mode. (Granting condition group). As described above, various notifications can be realized by combining the notification display of the effect display unit 17 and the notification mode by the operation mode notification unit 100 according to the application condition established when the variable state is applied. Therefore, the combination of the notification mode of the first notification unit (right-handed display unit 59) and the notification mode of the second and third notification units (effect display unit 17 and operation mode notification unit 100) matches the game state. Appropriate notification is possible.

  In this way, a predetermined grant condition is established between the determination of the special figure and the determination result of the special figure until the end of the winning game (in the embodiment, the second is triggered by the special figure). , The changing condition included in the third, fifth, and sixth assigning condition groups is satisfied), so that the switching timing (notifying switching timing, Display switching timing) is specified. Thereby, a player can play the game according to the change of the alerting | reporting aspect of the operation form alerting | reporting part 100 or the effect display part 17 in a change state. In addition, by specifying the switching timing according to the notification switching condition established when the determination per special figure becomes the determination result per special figure, the result of the special figure determination, the operation form notification unit 100, A correlation is formed with the timing at which the notification mode of the effect display unit 17 changes, and interest in the change in the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 can be increased.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the main control CPU 60a outputs a single signal (first notification signal) to the right-handed display unit 59 when the right-handed operation mode is operated in accordance with the winning game. In addition, since the main control CPU 60a outputs another single hit signal (second notification signal) to the hall computer HC, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is accurately determined by the right-handed display unit 59 and the effect display unit. 17, and it is possible to identify the state in which the special winning portion 36 opens and closes under advantageous conditions in an external device such as the hall computer HC. Similarly, when operating in the right-handed operation mode in accordance with the variable state, the main control CPU 60a outputs a single signal (first notification signal) to the right-handed display unit 59, and the hall computer HC On the other hand, since the main control CPU 60a outputs another single variable state signal (third notification signal), the operation form of the operation handle 16 is accurately notified on the right-handed display unit 59 and the effect display unit 17. In addition, it is possible to identify the state in which the second start winning portion 28 opens and closes under advantageous conditions in an external device such as the hall computer HC. On the other hand, in the case of a right-handed game state operated in a right-handed operation mode (in the case of a hit game or a variable state), a plurality of notification signals are sent from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) to the effect control board 65. (Opening designation command CMD1, round designation command CMD2, round end designation command CMD3, ending designation command CMD5, hit end designation command CMD6, special figure variation pattern designation command, etc.) In order to notify the operation, the effect control CPU 65a can cause the notifying means (the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect displaying unit 17) to appropriately notify.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment not only notifies the right-handed operation mode, but also notifies the end of the variable state (left-handed transition condition) and the left-handed operation type established in the non-variable state. Left-handed notification mode (left-handed transition notification mode, left-handed transition notification display, left-handed error) that is notified by the notification means (operation mode notification unit 100 or effect display unit 17) according to the condition (first operation error condition) The notification mode and the left-handed error notification display) are determined, and the operation in the left-handed operation mode is notified in a mode according to the condition that is satisfied. That is, in the case of a variable state or a winning game (with the establishment of the right-handed transition condition), not only can the switch of the operation to the right-handed operation mode be properly notified, but also the variable state and the winning game When it is necessary to return the operation handle 16 to the left-handed operation mode with the completion of the left-handed operation mode (with the establishment of the left-handed transition condition), the switching of the operation to the left-handed operation mode is notified by the notification means (operation mode notification The information can be appropriately notified by the unit 100 or the effect display unit 17).

  Further, when a game is played in the right-handed operation form in a state where the game should be played in the left-handed operation form (when the first operation error condition is satisfied), the operation handle 16 is operated in the left-handed operation form. When the operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify that, it is notified that it is required to operate the operation handle 16 in the left-handed operation form that causes the pachinko ball to flow down to the first ball falling area 21a. In addition, it is possible to grasp that the state is not changed from the notification mode. Similarly, when a game in the left-handed operation mode is performed in a state where the game should be played in the right-handed operation mode (when the second operation error condition is satisfied), the operation handle 16 is operated in the right-handed mode. The operation form notifying unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify that the operation handle 16 is required to be operated in the left-handed operation form that causes the pachinko ball to flow down to the second ball falling area 21b. In addition, it is possible to grasp the shortage state or the winning game from the notification mode.

  Thus, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the embodiment, the operation state of the operation handle 16 suitable for the game state is notified by the notification form of the operation form notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17, and the game state is also notified. It becomes possible.

  Further, when notifying an operation in the left-handed operation mode triggered by a signal (variable end command CMD7, hit end designation command CMD6) that can identify the gaming state specified by the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a). The effect control CPU 65a notifies the operation mode notification unit 100 in the left-handed notification mode of the left-handed notification mode, and causes the effect display unit 17 to notify in the left-handed transition notification display of the left-handed notification mode. Be controlled. On the other hand, the operation in the left-handed operation mode triggered by the main control CPU 60a discriminating the right-handed operation mode based on the signal from the second gate sensor 44 in the non-variable state (first operation error designation command). In the left-handed notification mode, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies the operation in the left-handed operation mode and the left-handed error notification display in the left-handed notification mode. The production control CPU 65a controls the production display unit 17 to notify the operation in the left-handed operation mode. As described above, when the game state is switched, the operation in the left-handed operation mode is notified according to the switching of the output state of the control signal (control command) from the main control board 60, and the operation handle by the main control CPU 60a. The operation in the left-handed operation mode is made different from the case in which the operation in the left-handed operation mode is notified according to the determination of the 16 operation states, and the mode of notification in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 is changed. It is possible to accurately notify that the handle 16 is operated, and it is possible to grasp that the state is not changed from the notification mode.

  Similarly, when notifying an operation in the right-handed operation mode triggered by a signal (opening designation command CMD1, variable giving command) that can identify the gaming state specified by the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a) Control by the effect control CPU 65a is performed so that the operation form notifying unit 100 notifies in the right-handed notification mode of the right-handed notification mode and the effect display unit 17 notifies in the right-handed transition notification display of the right-handed notification mode. Is done. On the other hand, when the main control CPU 60a determines the left-handed operation form based on the signal from the first gate sensor 42 in the variable state (second operation error designation command), the right-handed operation form is operated. In the case of notification, the effect control CPU 65a controls the operation mode notification unit 100 to notify in the right-handed error notification mode in the right-handed notification mode and to notify the effect display unit 17 in the right-handed error notification display. . As described above, when the game state is switched, the operation in the right-handed operation mode is notified according to the switching of the output state of the control signal (control command) from the main control board 60, and the operation handle by the main control CPU 60a. The operation in the right-handed operation mode is made different in the case of informing the operation in the right-handed operation mode according to the determination of the 16 operation states, and the notification mode in the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 is changed. It is possible to accurately notify that the handle 16 is operated, and it is possible to grasp that the state is changed from the notification mode.

  Further, in the embodiment, in the case where the operation in the left-handed operation mode is notified when the variable state or the winning game ends (that is, the left-handed transition condition is satisfied), the first operation error condition is satisfied. The left-handed error notification mode and the left-handed error notification display notification are restricted, and the notification in the mode based on the establishment of the left-handed transition condition (left-handed transition notification mode, left-handed transition notification display) is maintained. As a result, it is possible to accurately notify that it is required to constantly change the operation form of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the change in the gaming state.

  Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) notifies the left-handed transition notification mode (left-handed transition notification display) as the left-handed transition condition is established. When the first operation error condition is satisfied in the meantime, the left-handed error notification mode (left-handed error) is displayed after the first left-handed notification time to be notified in the left-handed transition notification mode (left-handed transition notification display). The effect control CPU 65a can control to end the notification of the left-handed operation mode without performing the notification by the notification display. As described above, by not performing the notification in the left-handed error notification mode (left-handed error notification display), it is accurately determined that it is required to constantly change the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the change in the gaming state. Can be notified.

  Further, in the pachinko machine of the embodiment, in the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment, the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) is changed to the left-handed transition notification mode (left-handed transition) with the establishment of the left-handed transition condition. If the first operation error condition is satisfied during notification in the notification display), the prescribed extension is made to the remaining time of the first left notification time notified in the left shift notification mode (left shift notification display). The time is added and the notification in the left-handed transition notification mode (left-handed transition notification display) is maintained until the added time elapses. The effect control CPU 65a can control to end. In this way, by extending the remaining time of the notification time to be notified in the left-handed transition notification mode (left-handed transition notification display) when the left-handed transition condition and the first operation error condition overlap, It is possible to accurately notify that it is required to constantly change the operation mode of the operation handle 16 in accordance with the change in the gaming state. That is, when the gaming state changes, the notification can be continued until the operation handle 16 is operated in an appropriate operation mode.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the embodiment is used when the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16 when the main control CPU 60a determines that the error is the first type. Is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so that the notification is terminated or the notification cannot be identified. That is, when the first type error occurs, the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is continued while the notification of the right-handed display unit 59 is identifiable, and the notification of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 is performed. While the notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 by the right-handed display unit 59 is maintained, the right-handed operation mode such as a hit game or a variable state is maintained. It is possible to accurately notify that the game state requires a game at. On the other hand, when the main control CPU 60a determines the second type error, when the operation form notifying unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 notifies the operation mode of the operation handle 16, the notification can be identified. The effect control CPU 65a controls to continue in the state. As described above, when the second type error occurs, the notification by the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification by the operation mode notification unit 100 or the effect display unit 17 are continued in an identifiable state, so that the winning game It is possible to accurately notify that the game state is such that a right-handed operation game is required, such as a short and short state. That is, a combination of the right-handed display unit 59 and the notification mode of the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 enables notification of the operation mode of the operation handle 16 and appropriate notification of an error according to the state.

  Further, when the first type error occurs, the first type error display is displayed on the effect display unit 17, and when the second type error other than “operation error” occurs, the left-handed or right-handed error notification display is A different second type error display is displayed on the effect display unit 17 so that the first type error and the second type error can be notified. It is possible to appropriately notify 16 operation modes and errors.

  In addition, in the effect display unit 17, there is a notification region (the entire surface of the display unit 17a) for notifying the occurrence of the first type error with respect to the second launch operation notification region 206B for notifying the operation mode of the operation handle 16. It is set so that it overlaps, and when reporting the first type error on the effect display unit 17, it is configured so that the notification in the second launch operation notification area 206B cannot be identified. In this case, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 can be notified by notification on the right-handed display unit 59, and an error can be appropriately notified in accordance with the importance of the error that has occurred (first type error). .

  Further, in the effect display unit 17, the second type of operation notification area 206B for informing the operation mode of the operation handle 16 has a second type of error such as “vibration detection sensor error” excluding “operation error”. The notification area 204 for notifying the occurrence is set so that at least a part thereof does not overlap, and when the second type error is notified in the notification area 204 of the effect display unit 17, the notification in the second launch operation notification area 206B is performed. It is configured to be identifiable. In this case, the operation mode of the operation handle 16 can be notified by notification on the right-handed display portion 59, and the operation mode of the operation handle 16 is notified in accordance with the importance of the error that has occurred (second type error). It is possible to appropriately notify the second type error notification at the same time.

(Another embodiment)
Next, a pachinko machine according to another embodiment will be described. Since the basic configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to another embodiment is common to the pachinko machine 10 according to the above-described embodiment, different parts will be described.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to another embodiment, a winning game (hereinafter referred to as a special winning game) in which the opening / closing operation of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is different from the first to eighteenth winning games described above. Yes. In this alternative embodiment, two types of hit games are set as special hit games. In the following description, the first special hit game and the second special hit game will be referred to. The first and second special hit games are set as hit games that can be given by using a special figure determination based on the first special figure start hold information. For example, a first special winning game is set instead of the seventh winning game corresponding to the symbol G, and a second special winning game is set corresponding to the symbol B instead of the second winning game. . Note that symbol J and symbol K are set as symbols per special symbol that can be determined when the determination result of the special symbol determination is affirmative, and the winning game corresponding to the symbol J is set as the first special bonus game. The winning game corresponding to the symbol K may be the second special winning game. Here, in the first and second special winning games in the different embodiments, the prescribed round number is set to “twice” as in the first to ninth winning games, and each round game The upper limit number of winnings is set to “8”, and the game state at the time when the first and second winning games are determined (non-probability change state, probability change state, non-change state, change state) Regardless of the number of times, the probability variation state is set to 65 times. In addition, on the condition that the first and second special winning games are determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed when the gaming state is in the non-variable short state, the change given when the granting condition is satisfied. The grant condition is that 25 is set as the grant period (number of times of change) in the short state, and the first and second special hit games are determined in accordance with the special figure determination in which the game state is changed in the change state. As a result, 65 times is set as an application period (number of times of change) of the variable state that is provided when the application condition is satisfied. Note that the granting period of the variable state is not limited to this, and may be a period that differs for each of the first and second special hit games.

  The opening / closing control condition (first opening / closing control condition) of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 in the first special winning game is as shown in FIG. 21 (a). The special opening / closing member 37 is set to be opened a predetermined number of times (in this example, once for each time) by a short-time opening operation. That is, “0.04 (seconds)” is set as the round game time of the first to second round games, and the special opening / closing member 36 is opened (short-time opening operation) in each round game. It has become. The interval time between rounds is set to “2.0 (seconds)”. That is, in the first special winning game, the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is controlled to open for a short time in a time during which it is substantially impossible to win a pachinko ball in each round game.

  In addition, the opening / closing control condition (second opening / closing control condition) of the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 in the second special winning game is as shown in FIG. In the special round game, the special opening / closing member 37 of the special winning portion 36 is opened a plurality of times (in this example, three times) by the short-time opening operation and the long-time opening operation, and from the start to the end of the round game in the other round games It is set to perform a long-time opening operation for continuously opening the special winning opening 36a. That is, the second special winning game is a winning game that opens and closes the special winning portion 36 on the basis of an opening / closing control condition that is more advantageous to the player than the first special winning game. Here, the second special hit game in another embodiment is the same as the first to ninth hit games described above, in which the prescribed round number is set to “2”, and the second special hit game in the second special hit game The first round game is a special round game. In addition, in the second special winning game, the upper limit number of winnings of each round game is set to “8”, and the gaming state at the time when the winning game is determined (non-probability change state, probability change state, non-change state) Regardless of the state and the variable state, the probability change state is set to 65 times. In addition, given that the special hit game is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed in the non-changed gaming state, the granting period of the reduced state given when the granting condition is satisfied ( 25 times is set as the number of times of change), and the grant condition is that the special hit game is determined in accordance with the special figure determination performed in the game state in the change state. 65 times is set as an application period (number of times of change) of the change state.

  Here, in the special round game in the second special hit game, the opening time of the special opening / closing member 37 in the first opening to the second opening is set to “0.04 (seconds)”, respectively, and the third opening / closing special opening game The opening time of the member 37 is set to “24.36 (seconds)”. In addition, “2.0 (seconds)” is set as the interval time in two rounds in which the special opening / closing member 37 is held in the closed state between the first opening and the second opening. That is, the round game time of the first round of the second special hit game is “48.72 (seconds)” consisting of “{0.04 (seconds) +2.0 (seconds)} × 16 + 24.36 (seconds)”. It is. As described above, in the special round game of the second special hit game, the round game is performed after the special winning portion 37 repeatedly performs the short-time opening operation a plurality of times (in this example, twice) in the first round game. It is set to perform a long-time opening operation to open the special prize opening continuously until the end of the. In other words, the second special winning game that can be given by using the special figure start determination based on the first special figure start hold information is the special winning part 36's special time only for a time during which a specified number of pachinko balls can win in each round game. The opening / closing member 37 is controlled to perform an opening operation for a long time to continue opening.

  Here, the time from the start of the first special hit game to the end of the final round game (opening time + 1 round game time of the first round + interval time between rounds + round game time of the second round) The time from the start of the special hit game to the end of the second short-time release operation in the first round game (opening time + first open time + in-round interval time + second open time) It is set to be equal.

(Regarding notification control of the operation mode in the first and second special hit games)
Here, as shown in FIG. 21 (a), the fact that the first special hit game is determined is triggered by the fact that the determination per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. It is defined as a condition for reporting the hitting time of 6. When the sixth hit notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17 are basically in the same notification manner as the sixth hit notification condition is satisfied. It is controlled by the effect control CPU 65a so as to notify the operation form of the operation handle 16. However, when the sixth hit time notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 notifies in the first right-handed transition notification mode at the first special hit game ending time, and the first right A first transition effect for displaying the strike transition notification display is displayed on the effect display unit 17. In other words, the operation mode notification unit 100 is configured to continuously notify the first right-handed transition notification mode from the start to the end of the first special hit game. In addition, the effect display unit 17 displays the first introduction effect that displays the first right-handed transition notification display during the opening time, and the first round game from the start of the first round game to the end of the last round game. A right-handed transition notification display is displayed, and a first transition effect that displays the first right-handed transition notification display at the ending time is displayed. Here, the first right-handed transition notification display is set so that the delay time set at the same time as the in-round interval time in the second special hit game is the timing when the last round game has elapsed. Yes.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 21 (b), the second special hit game is determined when the determination per special figure performed in the non-variable state becomes the determination result per special figure. 7 is determined as a notification condition at the time of hit. When the seventh hit time notification condition is satisfied, the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit are basically in the same notification mode as that when the second hit notification condition is satisfied. The effect control CPU 65a controls 17 so as to notify the operation mode of the operation handle 16. However, if the seventh hit time notification condition is satisfied, the end point of the opening time of the third opening time in the special round game (the first round game) becomes the first notification switching timing, The same timing is set to be the second display switching timing. In other words, the operation mode notifying unit 100 continues from the start of the first special hit game to the middle of the special round game (the first round game) (before the second round interval time elapses). It is comprised so that it may alert | report in the right-handed transition alerting | reporting aspect. In addition, the effect display unit 17 displays a first introduction effect that displays the first right-handed transition notification display during the opening time, and continues until the middle of the special round game (before the second round interval time elapses). 1 right-handed transition notification display is displayed, the second right-handed transition notification display is displayed from the middle of the special round game (after the second round interval time has elapsed) to the end of the final round game, and the ending time The first transition effect for displaying the first right-handed transition notification display is displayed.

  Thus, when the seventh hit notification condition is satisfied, the notification mode (notification display) of the operation form of the operation handle 16 is switched during the round game. Here, the effect control CPU 65a uses the round designation command CMD2 for designating the start of the first round game (special round) output from the main control CPU 60a as the switch information (notification switch information, display switch information). A control command can be output to the display control board 70 and the lamp control board 72 based on the measurement of a timer (time measuring means) provided in the board 65. Further, every time the special opening / closing member 37 is closed in the special round game, a control command (closing command) is output from the main control board 60 (main control CPU 60a), and this is used as switching information (notification switching information, display switching information). Good.

  That is, in the first special winning game, when the special winning portion 36 is in an open state (that is, during each round game time), a notification mode (first operation notification unit 100 or effect display unit 17) notifies the notification mode (first In the right-handed transition notification mode, the first right-handed transition notification display), and in the second special winning game, when the special winning portion 36 is in a closed state (that is, during the in-round interval time in the special round game) The notification mode (the first right-handed transition notification mode and the first right-handed transition notification display) reported by the means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) is configured to be the same notification mode. That is, until the third opening operation is performed in the special round game, the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) notifies whether the first special winning game or the second special winning game is performed. The player cannot be distinguished from the mode, can be inferred whether or not the game is advantageous to the player, and is a second special hit game by changing the notification mode of the notification means Therefore, the player's interest in the notification mode in the notification means (the operation mode notification unit 100 and the effect display unit 17) can be increased, and the interest of the game can be improved.

(Change example)
Note that the gaming machine is not limited to those described above, and various modifications can be made.

(1) In the embodiment, two ball flow down areas (first and second ball flow down areas 21a and 21b) are provided on the game board. However, it is possible to form three or more ball flow down areas. It is.
(2) In the embodiment, the open / close winning means (second start winning portion 28) is provided at a position where the game ball flowing down each of the plurality of ball flow down areas provided on the game board can win, Opening / closing prize winning means can be provided at a position where a game ball that has flowed down any one of the ball falling areas can win. For example, in the embodiment, the second start winning portion 28 can be provided on the right side of the game board so as to be positioned in the second ball flow down area 21b. That is, the open / close winning means can be provided at a position where a game ball that has flowed through at least a specific ball falling area out of the number of ball flowing areas can win.
(3) In the embodiment, the winning determination is made by winning the game ball to the open / close winning means. However, the present invention is not limited to this. That is, it may be configured such that only the winning ball payout condition is satisfied when the game ball is won in the open / close winning means. In addition, a variable winning portion that mechanically opens and closes is provided in the game board, and an operating portion that opens the variable winning portion is provided in the passage path of the game ball won in the opening and closing opening and closing means, and the passage route is It is also possible to cause the variable winning portion to be mechanically opened by contacting the operating ball with the operating portion. In this case, it can be configured that the hit determination is performed when the pachinko ball wins the opened variable winning portion.
(4) In the embodiment, only one special winning part is received, but a plurality of special winning parts may be provided. In this case, a special winning portion can be provided at a position where a game ball that has flowed down each ball flow-down area can win, and a specific ball flow-down area (in the embodiment, the second ball flow-down can be won) in the open / close winning means. It is also possible to provide a plurality of special winning portions at positions where game balls flowing down the area 21b) can win.
(5) In the embodiment, a plurality (two) of gate portions are received, but only one gate portion may be provided. In this case, it is preferable to provide a gate portion at a position where a game ball that has flowed down a specific ball flow down region (in the embodiment, the second ball flow down region 21b) that can win the open / close winning means can pass.

(6) In the embodiment, based on the control of the effect control CPU 65a as the second notification control means provided in the sub-control means (effect control board 65), the operation mode notification unit 100 and the second notification means 100 as the third notification means. The second operation mode (right-handed operation mode) is notified in three types of notification modes (right-handed error notification mode, first and second right-handed transition notification modes) in each of the effect display units 17 serving as the notification means. Although it comprised, it is also possible to comprise so that it may alert | report by one type or two or more types of alerting | reporting aspects. In addition, it is natural that the notification mode in each of the switching notification unit 101, the left-handed notification unit 102, and the right-handed notification unit 103 in the operation form notification unit 100 is not limited to that shown in the embodiment.
(7) In the embodiment, in the switching notification unit 101 of the third notification means (operation mode notification unit 100), an operation in the left-handed operation mode (first operation mode) and a right-handed operation mode (second operation mode) However, it is also possible to individually provide a notification unit that notifies each of the left-handed operation mode and the right-handed operation mode.
(8) In the embodiment, each of the operation in the left-handed operation mode (first operation mode) and the operation in the right-handed operation mode (second operation mode) is performed in the third notification means (operation mode notification unit 100). Although it has been configured so that it can be notified, at least the operation in the right-handed operation mode may be configured to be notified in a plurality of notification modes. That is, the left-handed notification unit 102 included in the operation mode notification unit 100 of the embodiment may be omitted and only the “right-handed” character display may be displayed in the switching notification unit 101.
(9) Further, the number of notification modes of the third notification means may be provided as many as the number of grant conditions established corresponding to the winning game to be granted.
(10) In the embodiment, the notification of the third notification means (operation form notification unit 100) is made based on the number of symbol variation effects (special pattern variation display) performed from the start of giving the specific gaming state (shortening state). Although it was configured to change the aspect, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it is also possible to change the notification mode of the third notification means (operation mode notification unit 100) when an elapsed time (for example, 60 seconds) has elapsed since the start of giving the specific game state.

(11) In the embodiment, the granting condition for granting the specific game state is determined based on the combination of the game state at the time of the hit determination (determination per special figure) and the type of hit game (design per special figure), Although the specific game state is provided after the game when the grant condition is satisfied, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, granting that a specific game state passes after a hit game, that a game ball passes through a specific area during a win game (a ball detection sensor provided corresponding to the specific area detects a game ball) It is good also as conditions. Here, a plurality of ball outlets are formed in the formed winning space that communicates with the special winning opening 36a in the special winning portion 36 of the embodiment, and a specific ball outlet among the plurality of ball outlets is set as a specific region. be able to. In this case, a grant condition for granting a specific game state can be established by allowing a game ball won in the special prize winning section 36 during a winning game to pass through a ball exit corresponding to the specific area. In addition to the special winning portion 36 of the embodiment, a special winning portion having a specific area is provided, and the special winning portion is opened in a specific round game of the winning game (for example, the second round game of the embodiment). You may comprise. In this case, the game ball can pass through the specific area by entering the game ball in the special winning portion during a specific round game in the winning game. In addition, the type of per game (design per symbol) for which a specific round game that the special prize winning part is set and the per game (special game part that is open only for the special prize winning part) where the specific round game is not set. It is also possible to set the type of symbol per figure). For example, in the embodiment, in the case of a winning game corresponding to a specific special symbol (for example, symbols A, a to i), the special winning portion is configured to be opened, and the winning game corresponding to other special symbols is displayed. In this case, only the special winning part 36 may be opened.
(12) In addition, a specific game that is established when a granting condition for granting a specific game state is determined based on the combination of the type of winning game (design per symbol) and the passing of gaming balls in a specific area between winning games. You may comprise so that the grant period which provides a specific game state may be defined for every grant conditions of a state. In other words, a granting period that can be given according to the type of winning game (design per symbol) included in each granting condition is determined, and a specific gaming state is given in the corresponding granting period when a game ball passes through a specific area. You can make it. Further, as in the embodiment, a grant period for granting a specific game state can be determined according to the game state at the time of the hit determination (special figure hit determination).

(13) In the embodiment, the operation mode notification unit and the effect display unit (effect display unit 17) are provided as the second and third notification units, but the operation mode of the operation unit is notified only by the operation mode notification unit. You may comprise, and you may comprise so that the operation form of an operation means may be alert | reported only by an effect display means (effect display part 17). That is, it is not necessary to provide a plurality of second and third notification means. In addition, as the effect display means, the effect display unit 17 in which the symbol variation effect is performed when a predetermined start condition is established is used. However, the effect display means is provided separately from the effect display unit 17 and the operation mode notifying unit 100. It may be provided.
(14) In the embodiment, based on the control of the effect control CPU 65a as the second notification control means provided on the sub-control means (effect control board 65), three kinds of notification display are provided on the effect display means (effect display unit 17). Although it is configured to be notified by (right-handed error notification display, first and second right-handed transition notification display), the effect display means (effect display unit 17) is notified by one or more types of notification display. It is also possible to configure.
(15) In the embodiment, the effect display means (effect display unit 17) is configured to be able to notify each of the left-handed operation mode (non-specific game state) and the right-handed operation mode (specific game state). You may make it separately provide the effect display means (effect display part 17) which alert | reports each of a hit operation form (non-specific game state) and a right-handed operation form (specific game state).
(16) In the embodiment, the effect display means (effect display unit 17) is configured to be able to notify each of the left-handed operation mode (non-specific game state) and the right-handed operation mode (specific game state). What is necessary is just to comprise so that an operation form (specific game state) can be alert | reported by a some alerting | reporting display.
(17) Further, the number of types of notification display of the effect display means (effect display unit 17) may be provided as many as the number of grant conditions established corresponding to the awarded game.
(18) In the embodiment, all of the conditions for giving the variable condition for displaying the operation form of the operation means in the effect display means (effect display section 17) are all the operation forms of the operation means in the operation form notification section 100. It is configured to overlap with the provision condition of the variable condition that will be notified, but the provision condition of the variable condition that will display the operation mode of the operation means in the effect display means (effect display unit 17), The operation form notifying section 100 may be completely separated from the condition for giving the variable condition for notifying the operation form of the operation means, and the operation form of the operation means is provided in the effect display means (effect display section 17). A part of the condition for giving the change condition that is to be notified and displayed may overlap with the condition for giving the change condition to notify the operation form of the operation means in the operation form notifying unit 100. There. That is, the third notification is performed by setting the grant conditions included in the first to third grant condition groups and the grant conditions included in the fourth to sixth grant condition groups in the embodiment. The combination of the notification in the means (operation form notifying unit 100) and the notification in the effect display means (effect display unit 17) can be varied, and notification in accordance with the state of the fine game is possible.

(19) Notification conditions (trigger notification conditions) that are established when a winning determination result is obtained are not limited to those shown in the embodiment, and are released when a winning determination result is obtained. And a winning game is awarded when a game ball wins the specific winning means, and the specific winning means is awarded in a state where the winning determination result is obtained. This may be used as a notification condition.
(20) In addition, the type of notification condition (success notification condition) that is satisfied is not limited to the first to fifth hit notification conditions shown in the embodiment. Based on the game state (presence / absence of probability change state / presence / absence of change state) and the type of winning game (type of symbol per special figure) determined based on the winning judgment result be able to.
(21) The notification condition (the hit notification condition) is determined by the gaming state (presence / absence of a probable change state or presence / absence of a variable state) when the winning determination result is obtained and the winning determination result It is not limited to the types of winning games (types of symbols per special figure) and combinations. For example, the notification condition may be that the winning game in the so-called consecutive resort state in which the winning game in the variable state continues. For example, when the winning condition counter for counting the number of winning games in the variable state is provided in the sub-control means (production control board 65), and the end condition is satisfied by the passage of the variable state grant period When the hit counter is the initial value (per first time), the hit counter is configured to return to the initial value. When the number counter is other than the initial value (a state where the special figure is continuous in the variable state), it is possible to compete differently in the notification mode of the operation mode of the operation means.

(22) All or part of the functions of the main control means (main control CPU) may be provided by the sub-control means (effect control CPU), and conversely, all or part of the functions of the sub-control means. The main control means may be provided. In the first embodiment, the main control board and the sub control board (effect control board) are provided separately, but a single control board may be used. That is, the functions of the main control means and the sub control means may be provided in a control means (CPU) provided on a single control board. Further, a separate control board may be provided, and all or part of the functions of the main control means and the sub control means of the first embodiment may be provided in another control means.
(23) Further, the display control means (display control CPU) may be provided with all or part of the functions of the effect control means (effect control CPU), and conversely the display control means (display means CPU). An effect control means (effect control CPU) may be provided with all or part of the provided functions. The production control means (production control CPU) and the display control board (display control CPU) are provided separately, but a single control board may be used. That is, the functions of the effect control board and the display control board may be shared by control means (CPU) provided on a single control board. Similarly, the lamp control means for performing light emission control and the sound control means for performing sound output control can also be used as the effect control means.
(24) Special drawing display means (special drawing display unit) for displaying a special drawing is provided independently of the production display unit for displaying a design pattern (decoration drawing). is not. For example, you may make it display both a decoration drawing and a special figure in a symbol display means. Moreover, you may make it display on a symbol display means in common with a decorative drawing and a special drawing.
(25) In the embodiment, a pachinko machine has been described as an example of the gaming machine. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various gaming machines such as an arrangement ball machine, a pinball machine, and a slot machine machine can be adopted. Note that the present invention can be suitably applied to a gaming machine having a entrance that allows a game ball flowing down the game area to enter.

Further, the present application includes the following technical ideas.
(A) Regarding a gaming machine including the configuration according to claim 1,
When the second notification condition is satisfied, a notification time for notification in the second aspect is determined,
If the first notification condition is satisfied while the notification means (17,100) notifies in the second mode of the first operation notification mode, the notification according to the first mode is not performed. Thus, the notification control means (65a) is configured to control the notification means (17, 100) so as to end the notification in the first operation notification mode after the notification time notified in the second mode has elapsed. This is the gist.
Thus, in the state where the operation in the first operation mode is notified in the second mode triggered by the end of the specific gaming state, when the condition for executing the notification in the first mode is satisfied, By not performing the notification according to the first aspect, it is possible to accurately notify that it is required to constantly change the operation mode of the operation means in accordance with the change in the gaming state.
(B) Regarding a gaming machine including the configuration according to claim 1,
A notification time for notification in the second mode when the second notification condition is satisfied and a notification time for notification in the first mode when the first notification condition is satisfied;
When the first notification condition is satisfied while the notification means (17,100) notifies in the second mode, the notification is performed in the first mode in the remaining time of the notification time notified in the second mode. The gist is that it is configured to add part or all of the notification time.
Thus, in the state where the operation in the first operation mode is notified in the second mode triggered by the end of the specific gaming state, when the condition for executing the notification in the first mode is satisfied, By adding a part or all of the notification time notified in the first aspect to the remaining time of the notification time notified in the aspect 2, the operation mode of the operation means is constantly changed according to the change in the gaming state. It is possible to accurately notify that the change is required.
That is, when the gaming state changes, the notification in the second mode can be continued until the operating means is operated in an appropriate operation mode.
(C) Regarding a gaming machine including the configuration according to claim 1,
An operation determining means (60a) capable of determining the operation mode of the operating means (16),
The notification means (17, 100) is configured to be able to notify in a plurality of types of modes as the second operation notification mode,
When the game state specified by the game state specifying means (60a) is notified of an operation in the second operation mode triggered by the game state specified by the game state specifying means (60a), and in the specific game state, the determining means The notification control means (65a) is configured to notify the operation in the second operation form triggered by determining the form in a different manner from the second operation notification form. (17,100).
As described above, the second operation mode is notified in the predetermined second operation notification mode according to the switching of the signal output state from the signal output unit, and another second according to the determination state of the operation determination unit. By notifying the operation in the second operation mode in the operation notification mode, it is possible to accurately notify that the specific gaming state is required to operate the operation means in the second operation mode, and that The game state can be grasped from the notification mode.

16 Operation handle 16 (operation means)
17 Production display section (notification means)
20 game board 21 game area 21a 1st sphere falling area (sphere falling area other than specific sphere falling area)
21b Second sphere falling area (specific sphere falling area)
60a Main control CPU (game state specifying means)
65a Production control CPU (sub-control means, notification control means)
36 Special Prize Division (Special Prize Method)
36a Special prize opening (winning prize)
37 Special opening / closing member (opening / closing means)
59 Right-handed display (first notification means)
60a Main control CPU ( main control means, game state specifying means , first notification control means )
65a Production control CPU (sub control means, second notification control means)
100 Operation mode notification section (third notification means)

Claims (2)

A game board in which a plurality of ball flow areas where a game ball can flow down is formed, operation means capable of changing a launch position of the game ball on the game board based on a player's operation, and the plurality of ball flow areas A special winning means which is provided at a position where a game ball flowing down at least a specific ball flowing area of the player can win, and which can open and close the winning opening by the opening and closing means, a main control means for executing control processing, and the main control means Sub-control means for executing a control process related to an effect based on a control signal from the control means, wherein the main control means is a hit determination means for making a hit determination when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and the hit determination is A winning game determining means for determining a winning game when triggered by a winning determination result, and configured to open and close the special winning means in the winning game under open / close control conditions advantageous to the player. Per game is configured to include the ending time for holding the special pay means after the last round game with round game for opening and closing said special pay means after the opening time is performed in the closed state Rutotomoni, the A specific game in which an opening / closing prize winning means capable of opening and closing a prize opening by an opening / closing means is provided at a position where a game ball flowing down a specific ball flowing area can win, and the opening / closing prize winning means is opened and closed under an opening / closing control condition advantageous to a player. In a gaming machine configured to be able to give a state after the winning game ,
First notifying means capable of notifying that the operating means is operated in an operation mode for causing the game ball to flow down to the specific ball flowing down area;
A first operation notification mode for notifying that the operation means is operated in a first operation mode in which a game ball flows down to a ball flow-down area other than the specific ball flow-down area, and a game ball flowing down to the specific ball flow-down area The operation mode of the operation means can be notified in a plurality of notification modes by the first notification mode and the second notification mode as the second operation notification mode for notifying that the operation unit is operated in the second operation mode. Second informing means,
Operating the operation means in an operation mode for causing the game ball to flow down to the specific ball flow down area, a third notification means capable of reporting in a third notification mode and a fourth notification mode ;
A game state specifying means capable of specifying a game state;
The main control means includes first notification control means for controlling notification by the first notification means, and second notification control means for controlling notification by the second notification means and the third notification means The sub-control means is configured to be provided ,
When the gaming state specified by the gaming state specifying means is a specific gaming state, the operation in the second operation mode is notified by the first notification mode and the second notification mode as the second operation notification mode. The second notification control means is configured to be able to control the second notification means,
The second notification means is configured to be notified according to the first mode and the second mode as the first operation notification mode,
Triggered by the establishment of the second notification condition for notifying the first operation mode with the end of the specific gaming state, in the second mode of the first operation notification mode, The second notification control means is configured to control the second notification means so as to notify the operation,
When the first notification condition for notifying the first operation mode is satisfied in the non- specific game state, the operation in the first operation mode is notified in the first mode among the first operation notification modes. The second notification control means is configured to control the second notification means, and
While the first notification condition is satisfied while the notification means notifies in the second mode of the first operation notification mode, the notification according to the first mode is restricted, The second notification control means is configured to control the second notification means so as to maintain the notification in the second mode,
The first notification control means, in the case where the per game for opening and closing said special pay means the per game determining means to determine, together with the notifying operation form of said operating means in the same notification manner regardless of the type of per game The first notification means is controlled to notify the operation mode of the operation means in the same notification mode as the winning game when the specific game state is given ,
When the specific game state is given for the first period after the winning game when the winning determination in the specific gaming state becomes the winning determination result, the ending time of the winning game after the opening time in the winning game is given . Until the start , the second notification means is the first notification mode, and the third notification means is the fourth notification mode from the start of the opening time to the end of the ending time. The second notification control means controls the second notification means and the third notification means so as to notify the operation mode of the operation means,
If a specific game state is not given after a win game triggered by a hit determination result in a non-specific game state being a win determination result, from the lapse of the opening time in the win game until the start of the ending time, The second notifying unit is the first notifying mode, and the third notifying unit is used as the third notifying mode for the operation from the start of the opening time to the start of the ending time in the winning game. The second notification control means controls the second notification means and the third notification means so as to notify the operation mode of the means;
When the specific gaming state is given after the winning game triggered by the winning determination in the non-specific gaming state being the winning determination result, the ending time after the opening time has elapsed in the winning game until the completion, while notifying the control mode of the operating means the third informing means as the fourth notification manner, during the period from after the lapse of the opening time to the start of the ending time, the second The notification mode of the second notification unit is switched from the first notification mode to the second notification mode, and the second notification unit and the third notification unit are set to the second notification control so as to notify the operation mode of the operation unit. Means control ,
When the specific game state is given in the second period shorter than the first period after the winning game when the hit determination in the non-specific game state becomes a win determination result, the opening in the win game The third notification means is set as the third notification mode from the start of time, and the third notification means is changed from the third notification mode to the start of the ending time after the opening time elapses. 4 until the end of the ending time, the third notification means is used as the fourth notification mode to notify the operation mode of the operation means while the ending is started after the opening time has elapsed. Before the start of time, the notification mode of the second notification means can be switched from the first notification mode to the second notification mode to notify the operation mode of the operation means. Gaming machine according to claim configured <br/> it to control the second informing means, and the third informing means the second notification control means. When applied during the first period the specific game state as a trigger that the per game particular type is applied within the pre-Symbol per game after per game, the operation from the grant starting of the specific game state switch the notification manner to the first notification manner be between the first period from the grant starting of the specific game state after a switching period with notifying operation mode means at the second notification manner The second notification control means controls the second notification means so as to notify the operation mode of the operation means;
Of the winning games, a second specific type of winning game that is different from the specific type is given as an opportunity to hit the specific gaming state after the game for a second period shorter than the first period. when during applying the a between the second period from the grant starting of the specific game state with the control mode of the operating means from the grant starting of the specific game state to notify by the first notification manner The game according to claim 1, wherein the second notification control unit controls the second notification unit so as to continuously notify the operation mode of the operation unit in the switching notification mode even after the elapse of the switching period. Machine.

Images